第十章显示巴利原文
10. Dasamo paricchedo
色分别的解释显示巴利原文
Rūpavibhāgavaṇṇanā
622 “起始”是指摄颂中。“今”是指在心与心所分别之后。所谓“分别”,即通过指示与再指示,依自性而阐明。显示巴利原文
622.Ādimhīti uddesagāthāyaṃ. Idānīti cittacetasikavibhāvanānantaraṃ. Vibhāvananti niddesapaṭiniddesavasena sarūpato pakāsanaṃ.
623 623.“被损害”者,即被寒、热等所改变,或取“被引生”之义。所谓改变的发生,即是当寒等对立之缘聚集时,生起不相似的状态。因为,对于依各自之缘而生起并安住的诸法,不可能由其他任何事物造成改变。因此,并非如先前已生起的色相续那般,后来生起的诸法因不相应缘的和合,而有其不相似的生起,在此处当知其即为“被损害”。如此,便直接否定了僧团部[1]的变异论。难道非色法在对立缘和合时,就不能获得不相似的生起吗?确实能获得,但并非更为显著。在此,更为显著的不相似生起才是(此处)所期望的,以殊胜的方式来说,如经中所言“应给予美貌的少女”(《相应部》3.78)。显示巴利原文
623.Ruppatīti sītuṇhādīhi vikāramāpajjati, āpādīyatīti vā attho. Vikārāpatti ca sītādivirodhipaccayasannidhāne visadisuppattiyeva. Na hi yathāsakaṃ paccayehi uppajjitvā ṭhitadhammānaṃ aññena kenaci vikārāpādanaṃ sakkā kātuṃ, tasmā purimuppannarūpasantati viya ahutvā pacchā uppajjamānānaṃ visabhāgapaccayasamavāyena visadisuppattiyeva idha ‘‘ruppana’’nti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evañca katvā saṅghiyānaṃ vipariṇāmavādo paccakkhato hoti. Nanu ca arūpadhammānampi virodhipaccayasamavāye visadisuppatti labbhatīti? Saccaṃ labbhati, na pana vibhūtatarā. Vibhūtatarā hettha visadisuppatti adhippetā ukkaṭṭhagativasena yathā ‘‘abhirūpassa kaññā dātabbā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.78).
若问:“何以得知此义?”由提及寒等可知。正如所说——显示巴利原文
Kuto etaṃ viññāyatīti ce? Sītādiggahaṇato. Tathā hi vuttaṃ –
“诸比丘,为何说色?诸比丘,因为被损害,故说为色。被什么所损害?被寒所损害,被热所损害,被饥所损害,被渴所损害,被蚊、虫、风、热、蛇等触所损害。诸比丘,因为被损害,故说为色。”(《相应部》3.79)显示巴利原文
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ vadetha, ruppatīti kho, bhikkhave, tasmā rūpanti vuccati. Kena ruppati? Sītenapi ruppati, uṇhenapi ruppati, jighacchāyapi ruppati, pipāsāyapi ruppati, ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassenapi ruppati, ruppatīti kho, bhikkhave, tasmā rūpanti vuccatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.79).
在此,举出寒等,意在说明:被寒等所触者的损害更为显著,因此此处唯独取用此义。否则,若仅凭“被损害”这一通称即可成立,则举出寒等便毫无意义。显示巴利原文
Ettha hi sītādiggahaṇaṃ sītādinā phuṭṭhassa ruppanaṃ vibhūtataraṃ, tasmā tadevettha gahitanti ñāpanatthaṃ. Itarathā ruppatīti sāmaññavacaneneva siddhe sītādiggahaṇaṃ niratthakaṃ siyāti.
若如此,梵天界如何有“色”的名称?那里不是并没有能造成伤害的寒等特殊触吗?的确如此,但在那里,因为不超越彼之自性,所以也施设“色”的名称。因为即使无损害,只要不超越被损害的自性,就可施设“色”的名称,就像未变酸的乳,由于不超越其自性,仍称为“乳”一样。或者,虽在那里没有能造成伤害的寒等特殊触,却有能资益的触。正如梵天界有由时节所生之色,因此那里确实有损害,故在彼处施设色的名称毫无障碍。显示巴利原文
Yadi evaṃ, kathaṃ brahmaloke rūpasamaññā? Na hi tattha upaghātako sītādiphassaviseso labbhatīti? Saccaṃ, tatthāpi taṃsabhāvānativattanato. Aruppanassāpi hi ruppanasabhāvānativattanato rūpasamaññā hoti. Yathā aduddhampi khīraṃ taṃsabhāvānativattanato ‘‘duddha’’nti vuccatīti. Atha vā kiñcāpi tattha upaghātako sītādiphassaviseso natthi, anuggāhako pana atthi. Tathā hi brahmānaṃ utujarūpaṃ atthi, tasmā attheva tattha ruppananti na koci tattha rūpasamaññāya vibandhoti.
或者,“令显现”的意思是:当自身存在时,便令自身的相续产生变化。如此,在前一种解释中,变化的生起被说明为“被损害”。而在这一解释中,所说明的“被损害”则是:在对立的诸缘聚集时,作为存在者的自身相续中,成为不相似生起之因的状态。依这一派别,不会产生非色法也有色名之过。因为非色法是在灭尽之后,才以无间等缘生起非色法,而非在其存在之时。有些人认为,“色”一词是在受到撞击而产生变化时的惯用语,因此非色法由于没有撞击,故无色的名称。另一些人认为,撞击即是“被损害”。依他们的见解,虽有过失——唯有对碍色才能获得色的名称,但通过以部分称呼整体,一切色皆得色的名称。然而,在此有些人说:“‘令显现’是就色处而说的。”因为当它产生颜色的变化时,便令显现,即令进入心中。但这一点将在后面色处的解说中单独说明,故此处无注释的必要。所谓“妙色”,即因三十二大丈夫相、八十随形好、一寻光、顶髻等庄严而具有美妙的身体;或者,“色”是自性义,如“世间中可爱色、可意色”等中所说,因此“妙色”即美妙的自性。由此,通过显示与十力、四显示巴利原文
Rūpayatīti vāti sayaṃ vijjamānameva attano santānaṃ vikāramāpādayatīti attho. Iti purimaviggahena vikāruppatti ‘‘ruppana’’nti dīpitaṃ. Iminā pana virodhipaccayasannipāte vijjamānasseva yo attano santāne visadisuppattihetubhāvo, taṃ ruppananti dīpitaṃ hoti. Imasmiṃ pakkhe arūpassa rūpasamaññāpasaṅgo eva natthi. Niruddhameva hi taṃ anantarādipaccayehi arūpaṃ uppādeti, na vijjamānanti. Ghaṭṭane vikārāpattiyaṃ rūpa-saddassa ruḷhī, tasmā arūpadhammānaṃ ghaṭṭanābhāvato na tesu rūpasamaññāti keci. Paṭighāto ruppananti apare, tesaṃ matena kiñcāpi sappaṭigharūpānameva rūpasamaññāpasaṅgo, atha kho avayavavohārena samudāyopi voharīyatīti sabbameva rūpaṃ rūpasamaññaṃ labhati. Keci panettha ‘‘rūpayatīti vaṇṇāyatanavasena vutta’’nti vadanti. Tañhi vaṇṇavikāraṃ āpajjamānaṃ rūpayati, hadayaṅgatabhāvaṃ pakāsetīti. Tayidaṃ upari vaṇṇāyatananiddese visuṃyeva vuccatīti na tassa idha saṃvaṇṇane payojanaṃ atthi. Surūpoti dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇaasītianubyañjanabyāmappabhāketumālādīhi alaṅkatattā sobhanarūpakāyo, sabhāvattho vā rūpa-saddo ‘‘yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpa’’ntiādīsu (paṭi. ma. 1.114) viya, tasmā surūpoti sobhanasabhāvo, tena dasabalacatuvesārajjādiasādhāraṇaguṇavisesasamāyogadīpanato satthu dhammakāyasampattiyāpi sobhanatā dassitā hoti.
624 “依大种与所造色的差别”:此处,因所造色依此而存在,故大种为“所造色所依者”。或者,这里仅以省略前词的方式,用“种”字来指称大种本身,因此说“四种大种”。大种只是执取,而不被它们自身或其他所执取,故为“所造”。如此,四种大种虽相互依止而转起,但并无成为所造色的过失。因为它们并非仅仅相互执取,其自身也被所造色执取,正因执取了“所造”一词的含义,故大种不会有成为所造色的过失。又或者,依“四种大种之等起,为所造色”等说法,唯以依止于四大种为所造色的特征,而非依止于三大种等,故它们不是所造色。大种与所造色,即是“大种所造”,依其差别而说,故为“依大种与所造色的差别”。因“大种”一词兼具二性,故称“大种”。“所造”即所造色,此处应知如同在“如理作意”等词中省略了 ya 音一般。显示巴利原文
624.Bhūtopādāyabhedatoti ettha tadadhīnavuttitāya bhavati ettha upādārūpanti bhūtaṃ. Atha vā mahābhūtāyeva idha purimapadalopavasena bhūta-saddena vuttā. Tenāha ‘‘catubbidhā mahābhūtā’’ti. Bhūtāni upādiyateva, na pana sayaṃ tehi aññehi vā upādiyatīti upādāyaṃ. Evañca katvā catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ aññamaññaṃ nissāya pavattamānānampi upādāyarūpatāpasaṅgo natthi. Na hi te kevalaṃ aññamaññaṃ upādiyanteva, atha kho sayaṃ upādāyarūpehi upādiyanti, tasmā upādāya-saddaggahaṇasāmatthiyato na mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpatāpasaṅgoti. Atha vā ‘‘catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpa’’nti (dha. sa. 584) vacanato catumahābhūtasannissitatāva upādāyarūpalakkhaṇaṃ, na bhūtattayādisannissitatāpīti na tesaṃ upādāyarūpatāti. Bhūtañca upādāyañca bhūtopādāyaṃ, tesaṃ vasena bhedatoti bhūtopādāyabhedato. Bhūtasaddassa ubhayaliṅgattā āha ‘‘mahābhūtā’’ti. Upādāti upādāyarūpāni ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso’’tiādīsu viya ettha ya-kāralopo daṭṭhabbo.
625 然而,什么是四种大种?它们如何被称为大种?什么是所造色?它们又如何被称为“所造色”?将这诘问放在心上,随后依次解答,说道:“地界”等。“四种”便是这四种。大,且是种,故为“大种”。依此大种,在包含天界的世界中,以广大性而显现的正自觉者,这是其中的含义。或者——显示巴利原文
625. Katame pana cattāro mahābhūtā, kathañca te mahābhūtasaññitā, kāni ca upādāyarūpāni, kathañca tāni ‘‘upādāyarūpānī’’ti vuccantīti idaṃ codanaṃ hadaye katvā kamena sodhento āha ‘‘pathavīdhātū’’tiādi. Cattārometi cattāro ime. Mahā ca so bhūto cāti mahābhūto, tena mahābhūtena sadevake loke mahantabhāvena pātubhūtena sammāsambuddhenāti attho. Atha vā –
时间吞噬一切众生,
连同自身的一切
那吞灭时间者
他烹煮了那烹煮众生者。”(《本生》1.2.190)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kālo ghasati bhūtāni, Sabbāneva sahattanā; Yo ca kālaghaso bhūto, Sa bhūtapacaniṃ pacī’’ti. (jā. 1.2.190) –
如同前文等处,“已存在”一词通于有情及漏尽者,故“大已存在”意指大有情,或大漏尽者。漏尽者既已断尽结生,非“正在成为”,亦非“将会成为”,故被称为“已存在”。显示巴利原文
Ādīsu viya bhūta-saddassa sattesu, khīṇāsavesu ca pavattanato mahābhūtenāti mahatā sattena, mahākhīṇāsavenāti vā attho. Khīṇāsavopi hi parikkhīṇapaṭisandhikattā bhūtoyeva na bhavati, na ca bhavissatīti bhūtoti vuccati.
626 “大而显现”:于执取相续与非执取相续中,以其俱有的界而成为大、已存在、已生、已产生。其中,于非执取相续中——显示巴利原文
626.Mahantā pātubhūtāti upādinnakasantānepi anupādinnakasantānepi sasambhāradhātuvasena mahantā hutvā bhūtā jātā nibbattāti attho. Tesaṃ anupādinnakasantāne –
‘‘Duve satasahassāni, cattāri nahutāni ca; Ettakaṃ bahalattena, saṅkhātāyaṃ vasundharā’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 584) –
以上述等方式,说明了‘大而显现’性。在执受相续中,亦应依诸百由旬量的鱼、龟,半由旬量的天、阿修罗等身而得理解。此亦曾说过:‘诸比丘,大海中有身量百由旬的众生’(《增支部》8.20;《小部》385;《优陀那》45)等。显示巴利原文
Ādinā nayena mahantapātubhūtatā vuttā. Upādinnakasantānepi anekayojanasatikamacchakacchapatigāvutappamāṇadevadānavādisarīravasena daṭṭhabbā. Vuttampi hetaṃ ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā’’tiādi (a. ni. 8.20; cūḷava. 385; udā. 45).
‘与大种类相似’者:因示现种种奇异及示现种种有情,故为‘大存在’;或因其中有大奇异,故为‘大种类’,即幻师;或如夜叉等,由出身即是大存在,故为‘大种类’。它们与这些相似,故称‘与大种类相似’。正如幻师将并非宝珠的水示现为宝珠,将并非黄金的土块等示现为黄金,又如自身并非夜叉、非鸟,而示现夜叉等的形相;同样地,这些自身并非青色,却示现青色所造色;自身并非黄色……乃至自身并非白色,却示现白色所造色。因此,由于与幻师等大种类相似,故称为‘大种类’。显示巴利原文
Mahābhūtasamāti anekabbhutavisesadassanena, anekabhūtadassanena ca mahantā bhūtā, mahantāni abbhutāni vā etesūti mahābhūtā, māyākārā, yakkhādayo vā jātivaseneva mahantā bhūtāti mahābhūtā, tehi ete samāti mahābhūtasamā. Ete hi yathā māyākārā amaṇiṃ eva udakaṃ maṇiṃ katvā dassenti, asuvaṇṇaṃyeva leḍḍuādikaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ katvā dassenti, yathā ca sayaṃ neva yakkhā na pakkhino samānā yakkhādibhāvampi dassenti, evamevaṃ sayaṃ anīlāneva hutvā nīlaṃ upādāyarūpaṃ dassenti, sayaṃ apītāyeva…pe… sayaṃ anodātāyeva hutvā odātaṃ upādāyarūpaṃ dassentīti māyākāramahābhūtasāmaññato mahābhūtā.
又如被夜叉大种类所执取者,其处所既不在身内可得,也不在身外,亦非不依其肢节而住。若在身内而住,则不应遍满全身;若在身外而住,则被夜叉执取者所造之善恶不应属彼夜叉;若不依其肢节而住,则打击被夜叉执取者时,夜叉不应生起苦受,身体亦不应出现条纹。然而,由于这一切皆可见,故它们处于不可指示之处。同样,这四大种亦非彼此在内、在外可得,亦非不相互依存而住。若彼此在内而住,则因互相进入而不能各作其用;若彼此在外而住,则成为分离,如此'不分离'之说便不得成立。因此,它们处于不可指示之处。因与夜叉大种类相似,故称'与大种类相似'。这些虽处于不可指示之处,然以住、立等各自作用之差别而利益其余三者,以俱生等缘为缘,实为相互依存而住。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca yakkhā mahābhūtā yaṃ gaṇhanti, nevassa antosarīre ṭhānaṃ upalabbhati, na sarīrato bahi, na ca tassa aṅgamaṅgaṃ nissāya na tiṭṭhanti. Yadi hi sarīrassa anto ṭhitā, sakalasarīre byāpanaṃ na siyā. Atha bahi ṭhitā, yakkhaggahitakena katakusalākusalaṃ yakkhassa na siyā. Yadi cassa aṅgamaṅgaṃ nissāya na ṭhitā, yakkhaggahitake pahaṭe yakkhassa dukkhavedanuppatti na siyā, na ca sarīre rājiuṭṭhānaṃ bhaveyya. Yasmā panetaṃ sabbaṃ atthi, tasmā te aniddisitabbaṭṭhānā, evametepi na aññamaññassa anto na bahi ṭhitā upalabbhanti, na ca aññamaññaṃ nissāya na tiṭṭhanti. Yadi hi te aññamaññassa anto ṭhitā, na sakasakakiccakarā siyuṃ aññamaññaṃ anupavesanato. Atha aññamaññato bahi ṭhitā, vinibbhuttā siyuṃ, tathā ca sati avinibbhuttavādo parihāyeyya, tasmā aniddisitabbaṭṭhānāti. Yakkhamahābhūtasamānatāya mahābhūtasamā. Aniddisitabbaṭṭhānāpi cete patiṭṭhānādinā yathāsakakiccavisesena sesānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ upakārakā hontā sahajātādinā paccayena paccayo hutvā aññamaññaṃ nissāyeva tiṭṭhanti.
所谓'以欺诈故,以非真实故':犹如夜叉女等,以非真实、不实的可爱颜色、形相等欺诈众生,其中有大而非真实者,故被称为'大种类'。正如夜叉女等以可爱的黑色、褐色等肤色,以丰满、粗壮、瘦削等形相,以手、眉等动作,掩盖自身的恐怖本质而欺诳众生,令其随顺自己;同样,这些四大种亦以男女等身上可爱的肤色、可爱的肢节形貌、可爱的手足眉等动作,掩盖自身坚硬等性质,欺诳愚者,不令见其自性,而令其随顺自己。显示巴利原文
Vañcakattā abhūtenāti yakkhinīādayo viya abhūtena atacchena manāpavaṇṇasaṇṭhānādinā sattānaṃ vañcakattā mahantāni abhūtāni etesūti mahābhūtāti sammatā . Yathā hi yakkhinīādayo manāpehi kāḷasāmādivaṇṇehi, puthulapīvarakisādisaṇṭhānehi, hatthabhamuādivikkhepehi ca attano bhayānakabhāvaṃ paṭicchādetvā satte vañcenti, attano vasaṃ nenti, evametepi itthipurisādīsu manāpena chavivaṇṇena, manāpena aṅgapaccaṅgasaṇṭhānena, manāpena ca hatthapādaaṅgulibhamukavikkhepena attano kakkhaḷattādisarīralakkhaṇaṃ paṭicchādetvā bālajanaṃ vañcenti, attano sabhāvaṃ daṭṭhuṃ na dentā taṃ attano vasaṃ nenti.
627-30 在'眼、耳'等中,色本身即是色性。心既是事,又是意界与意识界之事,故为心所依处;或心、识之事,故为心所依处,然以略去前分而仅称为'事'。段食本身即是食性。虽然在《法集论》的色分别中,段食最后被列出,但在此处,为了将所完成的色聚集一处,故列于心所依处之后。轻快性等以柔软性、适业性等为始,故称轻快性等;此三者即是轻快性等三法。其中,轻快的状态为轻快性,柔软的状态亦然。于业适宜的为适业,此状态即适业性。为了显示轻快性等自身并非已完成的色,而是已完成色的变化状态,故以'色的'作简别。'二十四'是数目限定,为遮止强色等。其中应说的,将于后文显明。'依'者,即依止,而非依止的方式。由四取解脱而出离,故其意为离取、无取。显示巴利原文
627-30.Cakkhusotantiādīsu rūpameva rūpatā. Hadayañca taṃ vatthu ca manodhātumanoviññāṇadhātūnanti hadayavatthu, hadayassa vā viññāṇassa vatthūti hadayavatthu, purimapadalopena pana ‘‘vatthu’’nti vuttaṃ. Kabaḷīkāro āhāroyeva āhāratā. Kiñcāpi dhammasaṅgaṇiyaṃ rūpaniddese kabaḷīkāro āhāro osāne uddiṭṭho, idha pana nipphannarūpānaṃ ekaṭṭhāne dassanatthaṃ hadayavatthuanantaraṃ uddiṭṭhoti. Lahutā ādi yāsaṃ mudutākammaññatānanti lahutādayo, tāsaṃ tayaṃ lahutādittayaṃ, tattha lahubhāvo lahutā, tathā mudutāpi. Kammani sādhu kammaññaṃ, tassa bhāvo kammaññatā. Lahutādīnaṃ sayaṃ anipphannattā nipphannarūpavikārabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘rūpassā’’ti visesanaṃ kataṃ. Catuvīsatīti gaṇanaparicchedo, balavarūpādīnaṃ nisedhanattho. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ parato āvi bhavissati . Nissāyāti nissāya eva, na pana nissayavasenapi. Catūhi upādānehi nimuttatāya nikkhantaṃ upādānato mānasaṃ etassāti nirupādānamānaso.
631-2 “Patthaṭattā”即“puthuttā”(散布性),因其散布的状态(puthubhāvato)故称为“puthavī”,“puthavī”即是“pathavī”——这是依词源学法则显示词音成立。然而,此解是就所造地(sambhārapathavī)而言才能契合。因为所造地是散布的、扩展的。若依自性地(lakkhaṇapathavī),“pathavī”则依“pathana”(扩展)之义,意思是:它作为俱生色的住立(patiṭṭhā)相,显现、现起。或者,前述之义也可依自性地而成立。“Vāyana”即“samudīraṇa”(震动),意为作为往他处生起之因,将大种聚带去。“Tejeti”即“paripāceti”(令成熟)或“niseti”(令焦热),意为以锐利性令其余三大种发热。由于偈颂格律的缘故,此处省略了“iti”音而说为“tejeti”。同样,“āpeti”也是如此。因此,“tejeti”便说为tejo(火界),“āpeti”便说为āpo(水界)。而“āpeti”即是保护(pā…)显示巴利原文
631-2.Patthaṭattāti puthuttā, tena puthubhāvato puthavī, puthavī eva pathavīti niruttinayena saddasiddhi dīpitā hoti. Ayaṃ pana sambhārapathaviyā vasena yujjati. Sā hi puthubhūtā patthaṭāti. Lakkhaṇapathaviyā vasena pana pathanaṭṭhena pathavī, sahajarūpānaṃ patiṭṭhābhāvena pakkhāyati upaṭṭhātīti attho. Purimopi vā attho lakkhaṇapathaviyā vasena labbhati. Vāyanatoti samudīraṇato, desantaruppattihetubhāvena bhūtasaṅghāṭassa pāpanatoti attho. Tejeti paripāceti, niseti vā, tikkhabhāvena sesabhūtattayaṃ usmāpetīti attho. Gāthābandhavasena cettha iti-saddalopato ‘‘tejeti’’cceva vuttaṃ. Evaṃ ‘‘āpetī’’ti etthāpi. Tasmā tejetīti tejo, āpetīti āpoti vuttaṃ hoti. Āpeti pālanāti anupāletabbarūpapariyosānaṃ āpeti pattharati. Tathā hetaṃ ‘‘ābandhanakicca’’nti vuccati. Āpīyatīti āpo. Sosīyati pivīyatīti atthoti keci. Ayaṃ panattho sasambhārāpe yujjatīti vadanti, lakkhaṇāpepi yujjateva. Sopi hi pharusapācanavisosanākārena sesabhūtattayena pīyamāno viya pavattatīti. Āpāyatīti vā āpo, brūheti vaḍḍhetīti attho. Tathā hesa paribrūhanaraso. Tesanti yathāvuttānaṃ bhūtopādāyabhedānaṃ rūpānaṃ. Vakkhāmīti kathessāmi. Kiṃ kāraṇāti āha ‘‘lakkhaṇādīsū’’tiādi. Hi-saddo hetuattho. Yasmā lakkhaṇādīsu ñātesu dhammā āvi bhavissanti, tasmā tesaṃ parato āvibhāvahetūti attho.
633-4 那么,哪些是相、味、现起、足处,在它们被了知时诸法便会显现?为了澄清这一问难,在依自性解说相、味、现起、足处时,他说“sāmaññaṃ vā”等。“Sāmaññaṃ”(共相)即无常等共通性。“Sabhāvo”(自性)即坚硬等触感,是不共的体性。“Kicca”(作用)即支持等作用。“Sampatti”(成就)即成就的状态。如在“suraso gandhabbo”(具味之香)等语中,香的成就是以“味”这个词来说明的,所以成就即是味。“Phala”(异熟)即依俱生刹那而安立的异熟。“Upaṭṭhānanayo”(现起门)即智以应被执取的方式而现起的途径。“Āsannakāraṇa”(近因)即主要的因。显示巴利原文
633-4. Kāni pana tāni lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānāni nāma, yesu ñātesu dhammā āvi bhavissantīti imaṃ codanaṃ sodhetuṃ lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānāni sarūpato kathento āha ‘‘sāmaññaṃ vā’’tiādi. Sāmaññaṃ sādhāraṇo aniccādiko. Sabhāvo kakkhaḷādiphusanādiko asādhāraṇabhāvo. Kiccanti sandhāraṇādikiccaṃ. Sampattīti sampannabhāvo. ‘‘Suraso gandhabbo’’tiādīsu hi gandhabbasampattiyā rasa-saddena vuccamānattā sampatti rasoti. Phalanti sahajātanānakkhaṇikavasena ṭhitaṃ phalaṃ. Upaṭṭhānanayoti gahetabbabhāvena ñāṇassa upaṭṭhānākāro. Āsannakāraṇanti padhānakāraṇaṃ.
“Lakkhīyati etenā”意为“依此而被标记”,故为lakkhaṇa(相)。此法的相是硬性,因此是“硬性相”。难道硬性不就是地界吗?确实如此。事实上,依据已识知与未识知的词义差别,对于本不混杂的诸法,以施设假立而成就的区分,作了这样的说明。如此才能通达特殊之义。或者,“lakkhiyatī”即“被标记”,是指以硬性为相而被标记的界,由此而有“硬性相”之名,应知此义。其余诸界亦然。“Patiṭṭhānarasa”(住立味),即作为俱生法的住立作用。即使非俱生法,就其存在而言,也有住立性。因此,智以领受的方式现起它们,故称“领受现起”。此处,是以作用来显示“现起”。而足处则在此将四界合在一处而说。显示巴利原文
Lakkhīyati etenāti lakkhaṇaṃ, kakkhaḷattaṃ lakkhaṇametissāti kakkhaḷattalakkhaṇā. Nanu ca kakkhaḷattameva pathavīdhātūti? Saccametaṃ. Tathā hi viññātāviññātasaddatthatāvasena asambhinnepi dhamme kappanāsiddhena bhedena evaṃ niddeso kato. Evañhi atthavisesāvabodho hotīti. Atha vā lakkhīyatīti lakkhaṇaṃ, kakkhaḷā hutvā lakkhiyamānā dhātu kakkhaḷattalakkhaṇāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Sesāsupi eseva nayo. Patiṭṭhānarasāti sahajātadhammānaṃ patiṭṭhānabhāvakiccā. Asahajātānampi santativasena patiṭṭhānabhāvo hoteva. Tato eva nesaṃ sampaṭicchanākārena ñāṇassa paccupaṭṭhātīti sampaṭicchanapaccupaṭṭhānā. Iminā kiccavasenevettha ‘‘paccupaṭṭhāna’’nti dasseti. Padaṭṭhānaṃ panettha catunnampi ekato katvā vakkhati.
‘流出相’即依流动性而有‘溢流相’。‘增长味’即不使俱生法趋于枯萎,而行增长之用。因其显示对他们之滋润状态,故如此说。‘收摄现起’即如水界不令俱生法离散,而以收摄的方式现前,正如外在之水不令浴粉散开而作收摄,故为收摄现起。‘成熟味’即令成熟状态生起之味。‘柔软生起现起’即如火界令俱生法生起柔软而现前,正如外在之火令生酥等生起柔软。‘扩展相’即充满之相。‘震动味’即动摇之味。‘转移’是三大种往他处生起之因,或是如种子生芽等般的‘引出’。地界以水等三大种为足处,水界以地、火等三大种为……显示巴利原文
Paggharaṇalakkhaṇāti dravatābhāvato vissandanalakkhaṇā. Brūhanarasāti sahajātadhammānaṃ milātabhāvūpagamanaṃ adatvā vaḍḍhanakiccā. Tathā hi sā tesaṃ pīṇitabhāvaṃ dassetīti vuccati. Saṅgahapaccupaṭṭhānāti bāhirakaudakaṃ viya nahāniyacuṇṇassa sahajātadhammānaṃ vippakirituṃ adatvā sampiṇḍanavasena saṅgaṇhanapaccupaṭṭhānā. Paripācanarasāti pariṇatabhāvakaraṇarasā. Maddavānuppadānapaccupaṭṭhānāti bāhiraggi viya jatulohādīnaṃ sahajātadhammānaṃ mudubhāvānuppadānapaccupaṭṭhānā. Vitthambhanalakkhaṇāti pūraṇalakkhaṇā. Samudīraṇarasāti kampanarasā. Abhinīhāro bhūtattayassa desantaruppattihetubhāvo, nīharaṇaṃ vā bījato aṅkurādikassa viya. Ekekā…pe… tabbāti pathavīdhātu āpādibhūtattayapadaṭṭhānā, āpodhātu pathavītejādibhūtattayapadaṭṭhānāti evaṃ ekekā dhātu avasiṭṭhabhūtattayapadaṭṭhānā.
就身量与围度而言,于这身体内,地界若被捶碎至微尘般的细粉而执取,大约可有一陀罗量。此一地界,由等半量的水界以结合之力将其聚集,故不离散。而本性流散的水界,若无火界守护,便会陷入湿黏之状;因有火界守护,故不至此。因不被水界散开,且被风界扩展,遂达到凝聚的状态。如是,即使是微尘状的地界,亦因水界行结合、火界行成熟、风界行震动而获得支持:被水润湿,被火成熟,被风扩展,如同捣细的粉末,不会从此处彼处散开毁坏;不散不坏,而成就男女等种种形相,并显现细、粗、长、短、坚、硬等状态。显示巴利原文
Ārohapariṇāhavasena hi majjhime imasmiṃ sarīre pariggayhamānā paramāṇubhedasañcuṇṇā sukhumarajabhūtā pathavīdhātu doṇamattā siyā. Sā ca tato upaḍḍhappamāṇāya āpodhātuyā yathā na vikirati, evaṃ ābandhanavasena saṅgahitā. Yathā pana paggharaṇasabhāvāya āpodhātuyā vasena kilinnabhāvaṃ picchalabhāvaṃ nāpajjati, evaṃ tejodhātuyā anupālitā. Yathā pana tassā vasena na vikirīyati, evaṃ vāyodhātuyā vitthambhitā saṅghātabhāvaṃ pāpitā. Evaṃ sukhumarajabhūtāpi ābandhanaparipācanasamudīraṇakiccāhi āpotejovāyodhātūhi laddhapaccayā sinehena temitā, tejasā paripakkā, vāyunā vitthambhitā piṭṭhacuṇṇāni viya na ito cito ca vikirīyati viddhaṃsīyati, avikiriyamānā aviddhaṃsiyamānā nānappakārakaṃ itthipurisaliṅgādibhāvavibhāgaṃ upagacchati, aṇuthūladīgharassathirakathinādibhāvañca pakāseti.
其中,汤里的水界,以地界为依止,受火界守护,被风界扩展,呈结合之相,故不滴落、不流出、不渗漏。如此,为其余三界所护持,不流出、不渗漏,显现凝聚之状。这即是增长味。显示巴利原文
Yūsagatā ābandhanākārabhūtā panettha āpodhātu pathavīpatiṭṭhitā tejānupālitā vāyovitthambhitā na gaḷati , na paggharati, na parissavati. Evaṃ tīhi dhātūhi anupālitā apaggharamānā aparissavamānā piṇḍitabhāvaṃ dasseti. Esā hi anubrūhanarasā.
其中,由饮食等消化所生、具有热性的火界,依止于地界,由水界摄持,由风界支撑,消化此身,并带来容色的成就。此火界通过正确转化所受用的食物,成为味等成就之因,消化此身,并带来容色的成就。对于由业为近依、由心净为因而有的身体容色成就,火界是殊胜的缘;对于由时节和食物所生的色身成就,更是如此。而由此火界所消化的此身,不会走向腐败。显示巴利原文
Asitapītādiparipācitā cettha usumākārabhūtā uṇhattalakkhaṇā tejodhātu pathavīpatiṭṭhitā āposaṅgahitā vāyovitthambhitā imaṃ kāyaṃ paripāceti, vaṇṇasampattiñcassa āvahati. Sā hi yathānubhuttassa āhārassa sammā pariṇāmanena rasādisampattiyā hetubhāvaṃ gacchantī imaṃ kāyaṃ paripāceti, vaṇṇasampattiñca āvahati. Kammūpanissayāya hi cittapasādahetukāya ca sarīre vaṇṇasampadāya tejodhātu visesapaccayo, pageva utuāhārasamuṭṭhānāya rūpasampattiyāti. Tāya ca pana paripācito ayaṃ kāyo na pūtibhāvaṃ gacchati.
其中,具有推动、支撑特性的风界,随逐于肢节之间,由地界安立而住。正如它不与俱生法分离,它由水界所摄持。正如俱生法不会流散,它由火界所维持。此风界如此由三界如理维持,令此身得以支撑。由此风界所支撑,此身不会倒下,能直立。如是,每一界依其余三界之力而转起,故说“应知此中每一界以其余三界为近因”。显示巴利原文
Aṅgamaṅgānusaṭā cettha samudīraṇavitthambhanalakkhaṇā vāyodhātu pathavīdhātuyā attani patiṭṭhāpīyati. Yathā sahajātadhammehi visuṃ na hoti, evaṃ āpodhātuyā saṅgayhati. Yathā sahajātadhammā na parissavanti, evaṃ tejodhātuyā anupālīyati. Sā evaṃ tīhi dhātūhi yathārahaṃ anupāliyamānā imaṃ kāyaṃ vitthambheti. Tāya pana vitthambhito ayaṃ kāyo na paripatati, ujukaṃ tiṭṭhati, iccevaṃ ekekāya dhātuyā tissannaṃ dhātūnaṃ vaseneva pavattanato vuttaṃ ‘‘ekekā cettha sesabhūtattayapadaṭṭhānāti veditabbā’’ti.
如此显示了诸大种色及其语义、特相等之后,现在为显示所造色,而说“cakkhatī”等。由于“界”有多义,“cakkhati”一词亦有显明之义,故说“意为显明”。而“cakkhatī”的意思,如同以识为依止,指示平与不平,又如明了地说话。或者,“cakkhatī”的意思,如同以识为依止而品尝色。因为此“cakkhati”一词,如在“品尝蜜、品尝菜肴”等中,是品尝的意思。诚如所说:“摩犍提耶,眼乐于色、喜于色、悦于色。”(中部2.209)又说:“于色中有牵引的作用。”若如此,则依“摩犍提耶,耳乐于声……”等说(中部2.209),耳等亦有品尝声等的作用,那么它们也应被称为“眼”吗?不然,因为已约定俗成。因为“眼”这个词已约定俗成地专指肉眼,正如“莲花”等词专指莲花等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhūtarūpānaṃ saddhiṃ vacanatthehi lakkhaṇādayo dassetvā idāni upādāyarūpāni dassento āha ‘‘cakkhatī’’tiādi. Anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ cakkhati-saddassa vibhāvanatthatāpi sambhavatīti katvā vuttaṃ ‘‘vibhāvetīti attho’’ti. Cakkhatīti pana viññāṇādhiṭṭhitaṃ samavisamaṃ ācikkhantaṃ viya, abhibyattaṃ vadantaṃ viya hotīti attho. Atha vā cakkhatīti viññāṇādhiṭṭhitaṃ rūpaṃ assādentaṃ viya hotīti attho. Cakkhatīti hi ayaṃ saddo ‘‘madhuṃ cakkhati, byañjanaṃ cakkhatī’’tiādīsu viya assādattho. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘cakkhuṃ kho, māgaṇḍiya, rūpārāmaṃ rūparataṃ rūpasamudita’’nti (ma. ni. 2.209). Vakkhati ca ‘‘rūpesu āviñchanarasa’’nti. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘sotaṃ kho, māgaṇḍiya, saddārāma’’ntiādivacanato (ma. ni. 2.209) sotādīnampi saddādiassādakabhāvo atthīti tesampi cakkhusaddābhidheyyatā āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati niruḷhattā. Niruḷho hi esa cakkhu-saddo locaneyeva padumādīsu paṅkajādisaddā viyāti.
635-6 在眼色的解释中,为了从分类上显示凡以“眼”这一通称而来的所有眼,因而说“其中,眼”等。“其中”,指在眼的解释中。从慧眼与肉眼的分门别类,即依慧与肉而作分类。“其中”,指在这两种眼中。慧本身就是慧眼。名为五种名称,这是句子的连接。由哪些名称呢?答:“佛眼”等。其中,由佛眼、法眼、遍眼这些名称,称为佛法具足;由智眼、天眼这些名称,称为智天具足。如其次第,即如所说的次第。种种,即差别。“me”的意思是:从我这里,或从我的言说。你们应当了知。显示巴利原文
635-6. Cakkhurūpassa niddesappakaraṇepi cakkhu-saddasāmaññato āgataṃ sabbampi cakkhuṃ pabhedato dassetuṃ ‘‘tattha cakkhū’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthāti tasmiṃ cakkhuniddese. Paññāmaṃsappabhedatoti paññācakkhu maṃsacakkhūti evaṃ paññāmaṃsānaṃ vasena pabhedato. Tatthāti tasmiṃ duvidhe cakkhumhi. Paññāyeva paññāmayaṃ. Nāmatoti nāmehi pañcavidhanti sambandho. Katamehi nāmehīti āha ‘‘buddhadhammā’’tiādi. Tattha buddhadhammasamantehīti buddhacakkhu dhammacakkhu samantacakkhūti imehi nāmehi. Ñāṇadibbehīti ñāṇacakkhu dibbacakkhūti ca nāmehi. Yathānukkamatoti yathāvuttaanukkamato. Nānattanti bhedaṃ. Meti mayhaṃ santikā, mayhaṃ vacanatoti vā attho. Nibodhatha jānātha.
637 为了显示“诸比丘,我以佛眼观察世间,见众生有少尘者、有多尘者、有利根者……”(《中部》1.283)等处所说的佛眼,而说“于意乐、随眠”等。其中,“于意乐、随眠”,是指在众生的意乐与随眠中转起的意思。这里,心返回而卧于此,故为“意乐”,犹如虎的栖息处。如同虎虽然为了觅食而外出,但仍然返回并卧于丛林深处,因此那丛林深处便被称为它的栖息处;同样地,心虽然转起于别处,但它返回并卧于何处,应知那便是它的意乐。实际上,此意乐依常见等而有四种。诚如所说:显示巴利原文
637. Tattha ‘‘addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.283) āgataṃ buddhacakkhu nāmāti dassento āha ‘‘āsayānusaye’’tiādi. Tattha āsayānusayeti sattānaṃ āsaye ceva anusaye ca, tasmiṃ pavattanti attho . Tattha āgantvā seti cittaṃ etthāti āsayo. Byagghāsayo viya. Yathā hi byaggho gocaratthāya pakkantopi puna āgantvā vanagahaneyeva sayati, teneva ca taṃ tassa āsayoti vuccati, evaṃ aññatthāpi pavattaṃ cittaṃ āgantvā yattha sayati, taṃ tassa āsayoti veditabbaṃ. So pana sassatadassanādivasena catubbidho hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ –
常见、断见,以及忍、随顺,
如实智,即称为意乐。(《清净道论·大品》1.136;《长部注》第一·第一结集语释;《义摄注》第一·第一结集释;《分别论注》第一·毘兰若品释)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sassatucchedadiṭṭhī ca, khanti cevānulomikā; Yathābhūtañca yaṃ ñāṇaṃ, etaṃ āsayasaññita’’nti. (visuddhi. mahā. 1.136; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathāvaṇṇanā; sārattha. ṭī. 1. paṭhamamahāsaṅgītivaṇṇanā; vi. vi. ṭī. 1.verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā)
随眠的内容将在后文说到。诸根的胜劣,是指信等五根的利钝状态。利根为胜,因已臻殊胜;钝根为劣,因未臻殊胜。应知此佛眼,即是六不共智中的前二种。显示巴利原文
Anusayakathā upari āgamissati. Indriyānaṃ paropareti saddhāpañcamakānaṃ indriyānaṃ tikkhamudubhāve. Tikkhañhi indriyaṃ ukkaṭṭhagatattā paraṃ, mudu aparaṃ anukkaṭṭhagatattā. Idaṃ pana buddhacakkhu chasu asādhāraṇañāṇesu purimadvayanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
638 638. 如前所述……“即于此座,生起离尘离垢的法眼”,如此所说的下三道智,即称为法眼。而一切知智,即是名为一切知性的智。它即是“一切知者”这一名称与智慧生起的因由,故为一切知性。应知,遍眼即依于蕴等,于一切方面、以一切方式而见,故名遍眼。因此说:显示巴利原文
638.Heṭṭhā…pe… saññitanti ‘‘tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ heṭṭhā tīsu maggesu ñāṇaṃ dhammacakkhunti saññitaṃ. Ñāṇaṃ sabbaññutā panāti sabbaññubhāvasaṅkhātaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Tañhi sabbaññūti abhidhānassa, buddhiyā ca pavattinimittatāya sabbaññubhāvo nāma hoti. Ñeyyaṃ samantacakkhunti khandhādivasena samantato sabbaso dassanaṭṭhena samantacakkhunti ñeyyaṃ. Tenevāha –
于此世间,他无所未见,
亦无未了知与应了知者;
凡所应知,他悉皆遍知。
如来因此为遍眼者。”(小尼柯耶·莫伽罗阇童子问经释85)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na tassa addiṭṭhamidhatthi kiñci, Atho aviññātamajānitabbaṃ; Sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthi ñeyyaṃ, Tathāgato tena samantacakkhū’’ti. (cūḷani. mogharājamāṇavapucchāniddesa 85);
639 所谓“生起之眼”,即如“比丘们!于前所未闻之法中,生起‘此是苦’之眼,生起智慧”(大品15)等,在诸经中如此出现的智慧,于四圣谛中,以三转的方式,依“此是苦,应遍知,已遍知”等十二种行相而运转,此即慧眼。然而,如“比丘们!我以清净、超胜之天眼,见……”(中部1.284)等所说,与称为第五禅的证智心相应之智慧,为了显示此即天眼,而说“证智心所生”等。在此,第一与第三智唯是欲界。而第四智,如阿难达师所说,与前二相似,亦是欲界。其他师说:慧眼亦可与圣道观智相应。然而,与最上道相应的观照省察智,似更为合理。显示巴利原文
639.Yaṃ cakkhuṃ udapādīti āgatanti yaṃ ñāṇaṃ ‘‘idaṃ dukkhanti, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādī’’ti (mahāva. 15) evaṃ tattha tattha suttesu āgataṃ, catūsu saccesu teparivaṭṭavasena ‘‘dukkhaṃ pariññeyyaṃ pariññāta’’nti evamādinā dvādasavidhena ākārena pavattaṃ, idaṃ ñāṇacakkhu. Yā pana ‘‘addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhenā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.284) āgatā pañcamajjhānasaṅkhātaabhiññācittasampayuttā paññā, ayaṃ dibbacakkhūti dassetuṃ ‘‘abhiññācittajā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Ettha ca paṭhamatatiyañāṇāni kāmāvacarāniyeva. Catutthampi pana purimadvayamiva kāmāvacaranti ānandācariyena vuttaṃ. Ñāṇacakkhuṃ sahaariyamaggavipassanāñāṇantipi yujjatīti apare. Aggamaggena saha vipassanāpaccavekkhaṇañāṇanti pana yuttaṃ viya dissati.
640-4 如此显示了慧眼的分类后,为再显示肉眼的分类,而说“肉眼”等。依所依与净色而言:即依有资具眼与净色眼此二者,由这些资助,故为“资具”,即组成部分。而这些应视为作为支持物的四种所生色相续。与资具共,即“有资具”。而有资具者,即指肉团,此为关联。以眼窝骨为下:即由下方眼窝之骨所界定,此为关联。上:即眼窝之上方。两侧以眼角:即眼窝两侧以眼角为界。内以脑髓:即由位于眼窝内部之脑髓。以筋线系缚:即以筋绳与内部脑髓共相系缚。整个凡俗世间:即整个愚痴凡夫的世间。所至:即那个肉团。如莲花瓣:即因其广大、舒展的青色,如青莲花瓣。知:即执取。彼非名为眼:如此被执取者,并非名为眼。那么,何者是呢?因此说:“称为彼之处”。彼:即彼所意指的胜义眼。此则是:此为结语。显示巴利原文
640-4. Evaṃ paññācakkhussa pabhedaṃ dassetvā puna maṃsacakkhussāpi pabhedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘maṃsacakkhupī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sasambhārapasādatoti sasambhāracakkhu pasādacakkhūti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ vasena sambharīyati etehīti sambhārā, avayavā. Te pana upatthambhakabhūtā catusamuṭṭhānikarūpasantatiyo daṭṭhabbā. Saha sambhārehīti sasambhāraṃ. Sasambhārañca nāma maṃsapiṇḍo pavuccatīti sambandho. Akkhikūpaṭṭhinā heṭṭhāti heṭṭhāgataakkhikūpassa aṭṭhinā paricchinnoti sambandho. Uddhanti akkhikūpato uddhaṃ. Ubhato akkhikoṭīhīti akkhikūpassa ubhayabhāge akkhikoṭīhi. Matthaluṅgena antatoti akkhikūpassa abbhantare ṭhitena matthaluṅgena. Nhārusuttena ābandhoti nahārurajjūhi anto matthaluṅgena saha ābandho. Sakalopi ca lokoti sakalopi bālaputhujjanaloko. Yanti yaṃ maṃsapiṇḍaṃ. Kamalassa dalaṃ viyāti puthulavipulanīlatāya nīluppaladalaṃ viya. Jānātīti gaṇhāti. Cakkhu nāma na taṃ hotīti tathā gayhamānaṃ taṃ cakkhu nāma na hoti. Kiñcarahi tanti āha ‘‘vatthu tassāti vuccatī’’ti. Tassāti tassa yathādhippetassa paramatthacakkhuno. Idaṃ panāti nigamanaṃ.
645-7 然而,为说明彼具资具眼由哪些资具所成,以及这些资具的自性与数目,故说“色、香”等。性:即女性的女性性、男性的男性性,指可被认知者的本质性。生:即说水界为其生起之因。形态:即大种以种种方式安立时,依其各自形态可被认知的色处。虽说生与形态并非与色处、水界别体,但仍予以别别言说,乃因前述肉团之中,有水等如理与非理之状态。当水界与色处以相续而转起时,其差别状态即是生与形态。十种:指四界及依此而有的色等,合为十种。四种所生:此为简别语,摄取因义,指其为四种所生。显示巴利原文
645-7. Taṃ pana sasambhāracakkhu yehi sambhārehi sambharīyati, te sarūpato, gaṇanato ca dassetuṃ ‘‘vaṇṇo gandho’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhāvoti itthiyā itthibhāvo, purisassa pumbhāvoti labbhamānakabhāvo. Sambhavoti āpodhātumeva sambhavabhūtamāha. Saṇṭhānanti ca tena tenākārena sanniviṭṭhesu mahābhūtesu taṃtaṃsaṇṭhānavasena viññāyamānaṃ vaṇṇāyatanamāha. Āpodhātuvaṇṇāyatanehi ca anatthantarabhūtānampi sambhavasaṇṭhānānaṃ visuṃ vacanaṃ tathābhūtānaṃ, atathābhūtānañca āpādīnaṃ yathāvuttamaṃsapiṇḍe vijjamānattā. Āpodhātuvaṇṇāyatanānañhi santānavasena pavattamānānaṃ avatthāviseso sambhavo saṇṭhānañcāti. Daseteti catasso dhātuyo, tannissitā vaṇṇādayo cāti ime dasa. Catusamuṭṭhānāti antogatahetvatthamidaṃ visesanaṃ, catusamuṭṭhānikattāti vuttaṃ hoti.
648 眼……乃至……命:这些色唯由业生起,前所论的色则为四种所生。如此共有四十四色,即成为四十四色之义。显示巴利原文
648. Cakkhu…pe… jīvitameva cāti imāni ekantakammasamuṭṭhānāni, purimāni ca catusamuṭṭhānānīti cattālīsañca cattāri ca rūpāni bhavanti, catucattālīsa rūpāni hontīti attho.
649-52 依这些色而言:即依前述略说之十四种色,广说之四十四种色。总聚:即从各方面合聚而成。其中有白色、黑色、红色,也有地、水、火、风。然而,此或因痰增盛而为白色,因胆汁增盛而为黑色,因血增盛而为红色,因地增盛而为坚硬,因水增盛而流漏,因火增盛而灼热,因风增盛而动摇。此眼因具备资具,故为资具眼,为诸贤者、佛陀等所阐明与照了。此处言白色:乃依止于此有资具眼,为其所属,故说“系属于此”。四界之净色:即具有四界明净自性的净色。“于其白圆中”的读法方为合理。然而,典籍中有写作“于彼白圆中”者。黑圆之中:此处亦应说“于黑圆之中”,但如同“第四远”等例,为护韵律而省略语尾,遂成“黑圆之中”。如此解释,义理与衔接皆极妥当。因注释书中亦说:“于彼被白圆所围绕的黑圆之中”(法集论注596)。然而,另有诸师依现前读法释为:“于彼完全被围绕的彼有资具眼中,于白圆中,于黑圆之中”。见圆:即于面前站立者身体形态所呈现之处,即见圆。显示巴利原文
649-52.Imesaṃ pana rūpānaṃ vasenāti yathāvuttānaṃ saṅkhepato cuddasannaṃ, vitthārato catucattālīsānañca rūpānaṃ vasena. Paripiṇḍitanti samantato piṇḍitaṃ. Yattha setampi atthi, kaṇhampi lohitampi pathavīpi āpopi tejopi vāyopi, idaṃ pana semhussadattā setaṃ hoti, pittussadattā kaṇhaṃ, ruhirussadattā lohitakaṃ, pathavussadattā patthinaṃ hoti, āpussadattā paggharati, tejussadattā pariḍayhati, vāyussadattā sambhamati. Idaṃ sambhāravantatāya sambhāracakkhūti paṇḍitehi buddhādīhi pakāsitaṃ paridīpitaṃ. Ettha sitoti etaṃ sasambhāracakkhuṃ nissito tadāyattabhūto. Tenāha ‘‘ettha paṭibaddho’’ti. Catunnaṃ pana bhūtānaṃ pasādoti catunnaṃ bhūtānaṃ pasannatāsabhāvo pasādo, ‘‘setena maṇḍalenassā’’ti pāṭho yujjati. Potthakesu pana ‘‘sete tu maṇḍale tassā’’ti likhanti. Kaṇhamaṇḍalamajjheti idhāpi ‘‘kaṇhamaṇḍalassa majjhe’’ti vattabbe ‘‘catutthadū’’tiādīsu viya chandānurakkhaṇatthaṃ vibhattilopaṃ katvā ‘‘kaṇhamaṇḍalamajjhe’’ti vuttaṃ. Evañhi attho ca yojanā ca suṭṭhu upapannā honti. Aṭṭhakathāyampi hi ‘‘setamaṇḍalaparikkhittassa kaṇhamaṇḍalassa majjhe’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 596) vuttaṃ. Apare pana yathāṭhitavaseneva pāṭhaṃ gahetvā ‘‘sabbaso parikkhittassa tassa sasambhārassa cakkhuno majjhe setamaṇḍale kaṇhamaṇḍale majjhe’’ti yojenti. Diṭṭhamaṇḍaleti abhimukhe ṭhitānaṃ sarīrasaṇṭhānuppattidesabhūte diṭṭhamaṇḍale.
653-5 合摄……等:即如刹帝利王子由四位乳母执行扶持、沐浴、装饰、扇凉等事,同样,作为自依止的四界执行扶持、结合、成熟、推动等事,作饶益后。由时节、心等:即由三种相续生起的因——时节、心、食。在此,他们是指存在于各聚之间的时节与食。由寿所守护:即由依止于四界而存在的命根所保护。如是,这确有保护业生色的特相。以色、香、味等:以‘等’字摄入食素,或读作‘色、香、味、食素’。成就所依与门:即随宜成就所依与门的状态。对于眼识,因为是依止处而成就所依的状态,因为是活动面而成就门的状态。对于领受等直至彼所缘心路终了,由于依于其他,只成就门的状态,不成就所依的状态。以虱头相等之量:即被虱头相等的区域量所标示后,或处在虱头量大小之处,这是此处的意思。住立:即遍满七层眼膜而住立,犹如浸入七层棉膜中的油。如此,眼的多个聚性得以成立。因为即使在排除膜的障碍时,眼依然存在。正如眼,应知依止于它的四界、寿、色等也遍满七层眼膜而住立,因为它们有不离性。显示巴利原文
653-5.Sandhāraṇā…pe… hutvānāti sandhāraṇanahāpanamaṇḍanabījanakiccāhi catūhi dhātīhi khattiyakumāro viya sandhāraṇābandhanaparipācanasamudīraṇakiccāhi attanissayabhūtāhi catūhi dhātūhi katūpakāraṃ hutvā. Utucittādināti tīhi santatisamuṭṭhāpakehi utucittāhārehi. Ettha ca kalāpantaragatā utuāhārā adhippetāti vadanti. Āyunā katapālananti catudhātunissiteneva jīvitindriyena rakkhiyamānaṃ. Tathā hetaṃ kammajarūpaparipālanalakkhaṇaṃ. Vaṇṇagandharasādīhīti ādi-ggahaṇena ojaṃ saṅgaṇhāti, ‘‘vaṇṇagandharasojāhī’’ti vā pāṭho. Vatthudvārañca sādhayanti yathāyogaṃ vatthudvārabhāvaṃ sādhayamānaṃ. Cakkhuviññāṇassa hi nissayabhāvato vatthubhāvaṃ, pavattimukhabhāvato dvārabhāvañca sādheti. Sampaṭicchanādīnaṃ pana tadārammaṇāvasānānaṃ aññanissitattā dvārabhāvameva sādheti, na vatthubhāvaṃ. Ūkāsirasamānena pamāṇenāti ūkāsirasamānena padesappamāṇena lakkhitaṃ hutvā ūkāsirasamānappamāṇe ṭhāneti vā attho. Tiṭṭhatīti satta akkhipaṭalāni byāpetvā sattasu picupaṭalesu āsittatelaṃ viya tiṭṭhati. Evañca katvā cakkhussa anekakalāpagatatā siddhā hoti. Upaddavānaṃ paṭalanirākaraṇepi hi cakkhu vijjatevāti. Yathā ca cakkhu, evamimassa nissayabhūtā catasso dhātuyo, āyuvaṇṇādīni ca satta akkhipaṭalāni byāpetvā ṭhitāneva avinibbhogavuttittāti gahetabbaṃ.
656 已说,即法将所说。见诸色,其中“ma”是连音字,如“aññamaññaṃ samaṇamacalo”等。或者,“manu”意为有情。虽然眼并不见色,但见色的是依于眼的识。正如“床们发出高声”等说法,将依处的行为说成依处本身,故说“以眼净色而见”。阿阇梨光护长老也正以此意而说。在此,这是定论:眼见色,还是识见色?于此,若眼见,则具有其他识的有情也应能见。若识见,则因识无对碍,也应能见被墙等所隔之物?此过不成立。对于主张“眼见”者,也并非一切眼见,而是唯识所依的眼见。对于主张“识见”者,也并非一切识见,而是唯依于眼的识见,且此识不在被隔处生起。若光被墙等所阻,则不见;若光无阻,如水晶、云膜等,则虽被隔亦能生起,故因不生起而不见被隔之物。此即定论:眼识见。它执行见的作用。若如此,为何说“以眼见色后”?其意趣是:以眼为门、为工具。或者,依处的行为被说成依处,如“床们发出高声”。如虱头之喻,即与虱头相等之喻,意为虱头之量。这是就其安立处所而言,而非就其自身之量。因其量以极微为边际,极为微细。然而,在虱头量的区域,此眼转起。不仅此眼,一切处色也都在彼处转起。此眼在彼处生起时,遍满彼区域而生起。以四十九聚俱转,因色法有十七心识刹那的寿命,且每一心的三刹那中,业生色都在生起。显示巴利原文
656.Vuttanti dhammasenāpatinā vuttaṃ. Rūpāni manupassatīti ma-kāro padasandhikaro ‘‘aññamaññaṃ samaṇamacalo’’tiādīsu viya. Atha vā manūti maccoti attho. Kiñcāpi cakkhu rūpaṃ na passati, kiñcarahi tannissitaṃ viññāṇameva. Tathā hi ‘‘mañcā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontī’’tiādīsu viya nissitakiriyaṃ nissaye viya katvā vohārasambhavato ‘‘cakkhupasādena passatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ācariyajotipālattherenāpi hi imināva adhippāyena idaṃ vuttaṃ. Idamettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ, kiṃ cakkhu rūpaṃ passati, udāhu viññāṇanti, kiñcettha – yadi cakkhu passeyya, aññaviññāṇasamaṅginopi cakkhu passeyya. Atha viññāṇaṃ, kuṭṭādiantaritampi passeyya tassa appaṭighātattā? Nāyaṃ doso. Yassa ‘‘cakkhu passatī’’ti mataṃ, tassāpi na sabbaṃ cakkhu passati, atha kho viññāṇādhiṭṭhitameva. Yassa pana viññāṇaṃ passatīti mataṃ, tassāpi na sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ passati, atha kho cakkhunissitameva, tañca antarite nuppajjati. Yattha ālokassa kuṭṭādīhi vinibandho, yattha pana so natthi phalikaabbhapaṭalādimhi, tattha antaritepi uppajjati eva, tasmā taṃ anuppannattā antaritaṃ na passati. Idameva ca sanniṭṭhānaṃ, yaṃ kho cakkhuviññāṇaṃ passatīti. Tañhi dassanakiccaṃ. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvāti. Tena dvārena karaṇabhūtenāti ayamettha abhisandhi. Atha vā nissitakiriyā nissayassa pavuccati yathā ‘‘mañcā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontī’’ti. Ūkāsirasamūpamanti ūkāsirasamānūpamaṃ, ūkāsirappamāṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Idañcassa patiṭṭhānokāsavasena vuttaṃ, na pana attano pamāṇavasena. Tañhi paramāṇupariyantena pamāṇena atisukhumamevāti. Ūkāsirappamāṇe pana padese idaṃ pavattati. Na kevalañca idameva, sabbānipi sabbaṭṭhānikarūpāni tattha pavattanteva. Idañca tattha nibbattantaṃ taṃ padesaṃ pūretvā eva nibbattati. Ekūnapaṇṇāsakalāpavasena ca saheva pavattati, sattarasacittakkhaṇāyukattā rūpānaṃ, ekekassa ca cittassa tīsu tīsu khaṇesu kammajarūpānaṃ uppajjamānattā.
657 “听”即听闻——此处应如前面所述,以“什么在听?是耳处在听,还是识在听?”等方式,随宜结合解释。“为纤细铜色毛所积聚”指在有助缘的耳孔内部,由微细的铜色毛所积聚。“在如指节形状之处”指在如指环形状的肉所连接之处。“以所说方式”指以支持等作用。“为寿所护养”在此处应与“为颜色等所围绕”联系起来理解。“住立”指如前所述方式,充满该处而住立。其余应依所说方式了知。“嗅”指执取香。“尝”指感受味。“唤求命”在此处,因为吞咽以执取味为根本,故以命为因的吞咽味称为命,它唤求命,由于倾向于彼,如同在唤求一般。“在如莲瓣尖形状之处”指在中间被切断的莲瓣尖端形状之处。“垢”指烦恼等垢,以及在有漏法中趋向于垢的所缘之无上性;在由欲贪为因的业所生的鼻、舌、身中,以及作为欲贪的殊胜缘的鼻、舌、身中,由于身特别是有漏的缘,故它被称为它们的“命”。因为以此享受触乐的众生,也从事淫欲。或者,以身根为依处的四蕴,由于是强力欲贪等的因,故特称为垢,此是它们的“命”,即因,故称为身。“在此身中”指在此具有助缘的身体中。因为此身也是头发等诸垢的“命”(即来源),故称为身。“凡有所执取者存在”以此说明在发尖、爪尖等处无身净色。“如棉层中的油”以此说明它的无间隔性。又,这些眼等诸根,应视为如同倾向于蚁冢、水、虚空、村落、尸林的蛇、鳄鱼、鸟、狗、豺狼,因为它们倾向于色等所缘,即倾向于称为蚁冢、水、虚空、村落、尸林的所缘。即:眼因好不平处,如喜蚁穴之蛇;耳因好孔穴,如喜水穴之鳄鱼;鼻因好虚空,如喜无碍虚空之鸟;舌因好村落,如喜村落之狗;身因好执取之物,如喜新尸林之豺狼。“好不平处”是就眼好像有不平的意乐而说。或者,依具眼者的意乐,眼有不平的意乐。此理亦适用于其余诸根。显示巴利原文
657.Suṇātīti sotanti ettha kiṃ sotaṃ suṇāti, udāhu viññāṇantiādinā heṭṭhā vuttanayena yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tanutambalomāciteti sasambhārasotabilassa anto sukhumehi tambavaṇṇalomehi sañcite. Aṅgulivedhakasaṇṭhāne padeseti aṅgulimuddikāsaṇṭhānamaṃsayutte padese. Vuttappakārāhīti sandhāraṇādikiccāhi. Āyunā paripāliyamānanti ettha vaṇṇādīhi parivāritanti sambandhitabbaṃ. Tiṭṭhatīti pubbe vuttanayena taṃ padesaṃ pūretvā tiṭṭhati. Sesaṃ vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. Ghāyatīti gandhopādānaṃ karoti. Sāyatīti rasaṃ vindati. Jīvitamavhāyatīti ettha rasaggahaṇamūlakattā ajjhoharaṇassa jīvitanimittaṃ ajjhoharaṇaraso jīvitaṃ, taṃ avhāyati tasmiṃ ninnatāya avhāyantamiva hoti. Uppaladalaggasaṇṭhāne padeseti majjhe chinnassa uppaladalassa aggabhāgasaṇṭhāne padese. Malānanti kilesādimalānañceva malavisayānañca sāsavadhammānaṃ anuttariyabhāvaṃ gacchantesu kāmarāganidānakammajanitesu kāmarāgassa ca visesapaccayesu ghānajivhākāyesu kāyassa visesato sāsavapaccayattā soyeva tesaṃ āyoti vuccati. Tena hi phoṭṭhabbasukhaṃ assādentā sattā methunampi sevanti. Atha vā kāyindriyavatthukā cattāro khandhā balavakāmarāgādihetubhāvato visesato malā, tesamayaṃ āyo hetūti kāyoti vutto. Imasmiṃ kāyeti imasmiṃ sasambhārakāye. Sopi hi kucchitānaṃ kesādimalānaṃ āyabhāvato kāyoti vuccati. Yāvatā upādinnakaṃ atthīti iminā kesagganakhaggādīsu kāyapasādassa abhāvamāha. Kappāsapaṭale sneho viyāti imināssa nirantarabhāvaṃ. Ime ca pana cakkhādayo rūpādigocaraninnatāya vammikaudakaākāsagāmasivathikāsaṅkhātagocaraninnatāya ahisuṃsumārapakkhikukkurasigālā viya daṭṭhabbā. Visamajjhāsayatāya hi cakkhu vammikacchiddābhiratasappo viya, bilajjhāsayatāya sotaṃ udakabilābhiratasuṃsumāro viya, ākāsajjhāsayatāya ghānaṃ ajaṭākāsābhiratapakkhi viya, gāmajjhāsayatāya jivhā gāmābhiratakukkuro viya, upādinnakajjhāsayatāya kāyo āmakasusānābhiratasigālo viyāti. Visamajjhāsayatāyāti cakkhussa visamajjhāsayaṃ viya hotīti katvā vuttā. Cakkhumato vā puggalassa ajjhāsayavasena cakkhu visamajjhāsayaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi.
“见……相”在此处,“欲见”指想要见,其状态称为欲见性,这是色贪的异名。它又分为明显与不明显两种,其本质是以无明为根、于未来眼等中掩盖过患的希求。其中,那种“愿有这样、那样的,能执取微细所缘的眼生起”,在业积累之前或之后生起的希求,是明显的。而对于根的殊胜不作特别关注,只是普遍地希求或不希求拥有圆满处所的存在状态,在那里以未离贪的方式造业,以未断除的方式随眠,并成为业的种种差别之因,这是不明显的。这两种都是其因、其亲依止,故称为“欲见为因”;那业本身即是欲见为因的业,那是它们的生起之源,故称为“欲见为因的业所生”;如是而存在的净色,即“欲见……净色”,这是它的相;或者说,如此成就后被了知,故称为“欲见为因的业所生之净色相”。显示巴利原文
Daṭṭhu…pe… lakkhaṇanti ettha daṭṭhuṃ kāmetīti daṭṭhukāmo tassa bhāvo daṭṭhukāmatā, rūpataṇhāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sā pana anāgate cakkhādīsu ādīnavapaṭicchādikāvijjāmūlapatthanāsabhāvā pākaṭā apākaṭāti duvidhā. Tattha yā ayaṃ ‘‘īdisaṃ īdisañca sukhumatamavisayaggahaṇasamatthaṃ cakkhu hotū’’ti evaṃ kammāyūhanato pubbe, pacchā vā uppannā pākaṭā. Indriyavisesaṃ pana anāmasitvā avisesena paripuṇṇāyatanabhavasampattiṃ patthetvā, apatthetvā vā tattha avigatataṇhāvasena kammaṃ karontassa appahīnabhāvena anusayitā api kammasāmatthiyavicittahetubhūtā apākaṭā. Sā duvidhāpi nidānaṃ upanissayo yassa taṃ daṭṭhukāmatānidānaṃ, tadeva kammaṃ, taṃ samuṭṭhānametesanti daṭṭhukāmatānidānakammasamuṭṭhānāni, evaṃvidhānaṃ bhūtānaṃ pasādo daṭṭhukāmatā…pe… pasādo, taṃ lakkhaṇamassa, tathā hutvā lakkhīyatīti vā daṭṭhukāmatānidānakammasamuṭṭhānabhūtapasādalakkhaṇaṃ.
在此,对于胎生者而言,是已给予结生的业或其他业产生眼等诸根。对于化生者来说,他们在结生刹那便具足诸根而生起,应当理解为:仅凭产生结生的业,便产生了整体圆满的身体。问:由同一业所生的眼等诸根,为何会有差别?答:因为因有差别。也就是说,成为各各有的希求之爱,由于对不同有之所属处的欲求,其本身就是种种不同的,并以亲依止的方式,令产生各各有的业也变得多种多样。由此,被赋予了殊胜性质的业,结合了如是种类的功能,如同显现为多种形态一般,产生出种种殊胜自性的果。在此不应认为,在功能与无功能的自性之外别有其他。因为由因的差别而被赋予殊胜性质的业,具有产生殊胜果的功能,而且同一业能成为产生十六种等异熟的因,此义应被接受。在世间中,也可看见同一稻种成为产生饱满与不饱满米粒之果的因。何必作此理趣思惟呢?这实在不应思惟。因为业果即眼等诸根,而业异熟完全只在诸佛的智慧境界之内,非其他所能知,因非其思惟的领域。因此,世尊在开示其过患后,予以遮止:‘业异熟不可思议,不应思惟,若思惟者,将遭致狂乱、恼害之分。’(增支部4.77)显示巴利原文
Ettha ca gabbhaseyyakānaṃ dinnapaṭisandhikaṃ, aññaṃ vā kammaṃ cakkhādīni nibbatteti. Opapātikānaṃ pana paṭisandhikkhaṇeva paripuṇṇāyatanānaṃ nibbattamānānaṃ paṭisandhijanakameva kammaṃ paripuṇṇasakalamattabhāvaṃ nibbattetīti gahetabbaṃ. Kathaṃ pana ekakammunā nibbattamānānaṃ cakkhādīnaṃ visesoti? Kāraṇassa bhinnattā. Taṃtaṃbhavapatthanābhūtā hi taṇhā taṃtaṃbhavapariyāpannāyatanābhilāsatāya sayaṃ vicittarūpā upanissayabhāvena taṃtaṃbhavanibbattakakammassapi vicittabhedataṃ vidahati. Yato tadāhitavisesaṃ tathāvidhasamatthatāyogena anekarūpāpannaṃ viya anekavisiṭṭhasabhāvaṃ phalaṃ nibbatteti, na cettha samatthatāsamatthatāsabhāvato aññā veditabbā. Kāraṇavisesena āhitavisesassa visiṭṭhaphalanipphādanasamatthatābhāvato ekasseva kammassa soḷasādivipākanibbattanahetubhāvena ca ayamattho sampaṭicchitabbo. Lokepi ekasseva sālibījassa paripuṇṇāparipuṇṇataṇḍulaphalanibbattihetutā dissateva. Kiṃ vā etāya yutticintāya, na cintitabbamevetaṃ. Yato kammaphalaṃ cakkhādīni, kammavipāko ca sabbaso buddhānaṃyeva ñāṇassa visayo, na aññesaṃ atakkāvacarattā. Teneva bhagavatā ‘‘kammavipāko acinteyyo, na cintetabbo, yo cinteyya, ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’tiādīnavaṃ (a. ni. 4.77) dassetvā paṭikkhittaṃ.
“于色中有牵引的作用”是指牵引:即是对于人,或对于转向等识,成为令其趋向彼处的因。“现起为依止的状态”是指由于是依止缘的状态。因为眼识虽然有时依于光明等缘而生起,但在生起之时,唯依眼根而生起。在此,问:当眼识生起时,于弱、中、强的四十九种眼中,哪一种眼承受作为眼识的依止状态?答:显示巴利原文
Rūpesu āviñchanarasanti āviñchanaṃ puggalassa, āvajjanādiviññāṇassa vā tanninnabhāvappattiyā hetubhāvo. Ādhārabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānanti nissayapaccayabhāvato. Ālokādisannissayena kadāci uppajjamānānampi hi cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppajjanakāle cakkhuṃ nissāya eva uppajjatīti. Etthāha – cakkhuviññāṇuppattisamaye sambhavantesu mandāmandamajjhimāyukesu ekūnapaṇṇāsacakkhūsu katamaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa ādhārabhāvaṃ paccanubhotīti? Vuccate –
于结生心生起之刹那,依止已生起、已住立的旧生所依(心所依处),第二有分心生起;依止与彼同时生起、已住立的旧生所依,第三有分心生起。依此理趣,当知尽形寿的心识流转。显示巴利原文
‘‘Paṭisandhicittassa uppādakkhaṇe uppannaṃ ṭhānappattaṃ purejātaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya dutiyabhavaṅgaṃ uppajjati, tena saddhiṃ uppannaṃ ṭhānappattaṃ purejātaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya tatiyabhavaṅgaṃ uppajjati, iminā nayena yāvatāyukaṃ cittappavatti veditabbā’’ti (visuddhi. 2.700) –
依《道非道智差别论》中所说之理,眼根撞击色境后,经过一个心识刹那,成为眼识的依止。因此,其义为:在两个有分心波动中,与前一个有分心——即作为其无间缘的有分心——同时生起。此义在师子洲古注及《清净道论》的师子洲注中均有说明。显示巴利原文
Maggāmaggañāṇaniddese vuttanayena ekacittakkhaṇātītaṃ cakkhu rūpe ghaṭṭitvā viññāṇassa nissayo hoti, tasmā dvīsu bhavaṅgacalanesu purimassa anantarapaccayabhūtena bhavaṅgacittena saha uppannanti ayamattho idha sīhaḷasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ, visuddhimaggassa sīhaḷasaṃvaṇṇanāyañca vutto.
然而,住于他逻村根本寺的大那伽长老说:“眼根与转向心,或与作为其无间缘的有分心同时生起。”此说不当。若如此,则等于说当某一色境被撞击时,另一个眼根会成为眼识的依止;而且,在有分心波动以下,乃至与第十三心同时生起的眼根也会成为依止,但此不应理。因为从第三、第四心开始生起的眼根,由于已灭坏,不能成为任何路心的门;意门也是已灭坏者才能成为门。如果说“依止于结生心生起刹那所生起的所依,第二有分心生起”等语,其意在于表明“仅经过一个心识刹那的所依才是依止”,那么“仅经过一个心识刹那的所依”方为合理。若如此,则“与作为其无间缘的有分心”之说也可成立,但那样就等于承认“经过两个心识刹那的所依也是依止”。因此,这并非大那伽长老之本意。所谓“经过一个心识刹那”,是为了说明未经过一个心识刹那的所依力量微弱,经过一个心识刹那后其力增强,并非说经过二、四心识刹那的所依便无依止性。法护长老亦如此说:“领受等心在临死时,由于此后不再生起业生色,故唯在同一心所依处中生起。”因此,那只是大那伽长老的个人知见,不应执为正义。显示巴利原文
Taḷākagāmamūlavāsidāṭhānāgattherena pana ‘‘āvajjanena, tassa anantarapaccayabhūtena bhavaṅgena vā saha uppannaṃ cakkhu’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ duvuttaṃ. Evañhi sati aññasmiṃ ghaṭṭite aññaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa nissayo hotīti vuttaṃ hoti, evañca bhavaṅgacalanato heṭṭhā tatiyacatutthehi yāva terasamacittena saha uppannampi nissayo hotīti āpajjeyya, na cetaṃ vattabbaṃ, tatiyacatutthacittato paṭṭhāya uppannaṃ kesañci vīthicittānaṃ dvārabhāvaṃ na gacchati niruddhattā , manodvārassa niruddhasseva dvārabhāvassa dassanato. Yadi siyā ‘‘paṭisandhicittassa uppādakkhaṇe uppannaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya dutiyabhavaṅgaṃ uppajjatī’’tiādivacanato ‘‘ekacittakkhaṇātītameva nissayoti adhippeta’’nti idampi ekacittakkhaṇātītaṃ nissayoti yujjatīti, evaṃ sati ‘‘tassa anantarapaccayabhūtena bhavaṅgena vā’’ti vacanaṃ yujjeyya, tena hi ‘‘cittakkhaṇadvayātītampi nissayo’’ti paṭiññātaṃ siyā, tasmā nāyaṃ therassa adhippāyoti dissati. ‘‘Ekacittakkhaṇātikkamo’’ti ca anatītekacittakkhaṇassa dubbalatāya ekacittakkhaṇātikkamena tassa balavabhāvadīpanatthaṃ vuccati, na pana dviticatucittakkhaṇātītānaṃ nissayabhāvābhāvato. Evañca katvā vuttaṃ ācariyadhammapālattherena ‘‘sampaṭicchanādīni cutiāsannāni taduddhaṃ kammajarūpassa anuppattito ekasmiṃyeva hadayavatthusmiṃ vattantī’’ti, tasmā taṃ therassa manorathamevāti na sārato paccetabbaṃ.
在众多俱生的净色中,只有一个作为依止,还是全部都是依止?不是有言:“即使一个眼根,也能成为眼识的缘”吗?那么,是哪一个呢?即其中变得明净、堪为色境所撞击的那一个。然而,《清净道论》的锡兰注释中说:“全部都是依止。”并且说:“若如此,则如‘缘眼与色,眼识生起’中,‘色’一词用了单数,此处‘眼’也应如‘色’一样用复数。”为消除此误解,注释说:“为破除‘依于具资具双眼中的两个净色,唯生起一个识’这种错误见解,世尊不采用复数,而如‘色处对眼识界及其相应诸法,以所缘缘为缘’等(《发趣论》1.1.2)中那样,以总说的方式用了单数。”然而,法护长老不认同该锡兰注释的说法,他说:“即使一个眼根,也能成为眼识的缘,而色则必定是多个,因为缘性有别。”我们在前面也已作了说明。由于那些大种是此净色的近因,所以说“见……为足处”。耳净色等的相、味等解说,应依所述之理,类推其义。显示巴利原文
Sahajātesu bahūsu pasādesu kiṃ eko nissayo hoti, udāhu sabbeyevāti? Nanu vuttaṃ ‘‘pubbe ekampi cakkhu viññāṇassa paccayo hotī’’ti, katamaṃ pana tanti? Yaṃ tattha visadaṃ hutvā rūpābhighaṭṭanārahaṃ. Visuddhimaggasīhaḷasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ pana ‘‘sabbeyeva nissayā hontī’’ti vatvā ‘‘yadi evaṃ ‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’nti ettha ‘rūpe cā’ti vacanaṃ viya ‘cakkhūnī’tipi bahuvacanaṃ kattabbanti anuyogaṃ katvā taṃvisodhanatthaṃ ‘sasambhāracakkhudvayanissitaṃ pasādadvayaṃ nissāya ekameva viññāṇaṃ uppajjatīti gaṇheyyu’nti imaṃ vippaṭipattiṃ nirākarontena bhagavatā bahuvacanamakatvā ‘rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo’tiādīsu (paṭṭhā. 1.1.2) viya sāmaññavasena ekavacanaṃ kata’’nti vuttaṃ. Ācariyadhammapālattherena pana tadeva sīhaḷasaṃvaṇṇanāvacanaṃ anicchantena ‘‘ekampi cakkhu viññāṇassa paccayo hoti, rūpaṃ pana anekameva paccayabhāvavisesato’’ti vuttaṃ. Tathā ceva amhehipi heṭṭhā vibhāvitanti. Yesaṃ bhūtānamayaṃ pasādo, teyeva imassa āsannakāraṇanti vuttaṃ ‘‘daṭṭhu…pe… padaṭṭhāna’’nti. Sotapasādādīnampi lakkhaṇādiniddese vuttanayānusārena attho yojetabbo.
658 658. “某些”指大众部中的一部分人。为了说明眼等处所谓的火界等增胜,即是指作为他们依止的大种中,该界增胜,而说“火界增胜的”等。其中,“火界增胜的”是指:虽然从分量上说四大均等,但从作用上说,火界增胜。其余类推。“虚空……等余者”:虚空界增胜的大种,其净色为耳;风界增胜的,为鼻;水界增胜的,为舌;地界增胜的(即触),为身。这是其义。显示巴利原文
658.Kecīti mahāsaṅghiyesu ekacce. Cakkhādīsu tejādiadhikatā nāma tannissayabhūtānaṃ tadadhikatāyāti dassento ‘‘tejādhikāna’’ntiādimāha. Tattha tejādhikānanti pamāṇavasena catunnaṃ dhātūnaṃ samānabhāvepi kiccavasena tejodhātuadhikānaṃ. Evaṃ sesesupi. Ākāsa…pe… sesakāti ākāsādhikānaṃ bhūtānaṃ pasādo sotaṃ, vāyuadhikānaṃ ghānaṃ, toyādhikānaṃ jivhā, phoṭṭhabbasaṅkhātapathavādhikānaṃ kāyoti attho.
659 659. 然而,对那些如此说的人,还有何更高明的反驳呢?答:“他们……”等。“请引经为证”:不能仅凭你们的话便信受此义,请引证能阐明此义的经典。其用意是:若引了经典,便可审察它是了义还是不了义;若依此经典能明了此义,我们便可接受。“即使……任何一点”:即使从各处搜求经典,他们也决然见不到任何——哪怕是一首偈颂或一句经文——能阐明此义的经典,因为三藏佛语中,根本不存在那样的经典。显示巴利原文
659. Evaṃ pana vadantānaṃ kiṃ uttaranti āha ‘‘te panā’’tiādi. Suttaṃ āharathāti na tumhākaṃ vacanamatteneva ayamattho sakkā saddhātuṃ, tassa pana paridīpakaṃ suttamāharatha. Sutte hi āhaṭe tassa neyyatthataṃ nītatthataṃ vicāretvā yadi tassa vasena ayamattho paññāyetha , gaṇheyyāma nanti adhippāyo. Suttameva…pe… kiñcipīti ito cito ca suttaṃ gavesamānāpi addhā ekantena kiñcipi ekagāthāpadamattampi tadatthaparidīpakaṃ suttaṃ na dakkhissanteva tepiṭake buddhavacane tādisasseva suttantassa abhāvato.
660 若有人说:“此义虽于经典中不见,依理则可见。”为显此亦不成立,故说“若有差别……”等。因为,若大种有差别,净色如何能生起?既不能生起,也不能不生起。是何原因?答曰:“因为诸大种均等时,净色才被开显。”古师正是阐明:唯有大种均等时,方有净色;不均等时则无。因为地界增胜的聚由于坚硬,水界增胜的聚由于流散,火界增胜的聚由于执取,风界增胜的聚由于离散,净色于其中不得安立。因此,唯有作用均等的大种,才能生起净色;不均等的大种则不能。显示巴利原文
660. Kiñcāpi suttantavasena ayamattho na dissati, yuttito pana dissatīti ce, tampi natthīti dassento āha ‘‘visese satī’’tiādi. Bhūtānañhi visese sati pasādo kathaṃ bhave, neva bhaveyya, na ca bhaveyya, kiṃ kāraṇanti āha ‘‘samānānañhi bhūtānaṃ, pasādo paridīpito’’ti. Yasmā samānānameva bhūtānaṃ pasādo porāṇehi paridīpito, na visamānānaṃ. Pathavīdhātuadhikakalāpassa hi kakkhaḷattā, āpodhātuadhikakalāpassa vissandanato, tejodhātuadhikakalāpassa pariggayhamānattā, vāyodhātuadhikakalāpassa ca vissaraṇato na tesu pasādo patiṭṭhātuṃ sakkoti, tasmā tesaṃ kiccato samānānaṃyeva pasādo uppajjeyya, na visamānānanti.
661-2 若问:“既然如此,诸根的差别是如何产生的?”答曰“因此”等。如前所述,作为依处基础的诸界不应有差别。因此,应当彻底舍弃“在这些作为依处所依的诸界中,此为基础、此为殊胜”这样的差别妄想,应知诸根的差别是由业之差别所致。如同即使诸界无差别,色法中的味等也彼此不同,同样,眼等诸根即使没有诸界的差别,也彼此不同。然而,这种殊胜性应理解为是由业之差别所致。因为,即使是一种业,当它成就希求五处有身的果报时,由于它是眼等差别之因,便具有与其他业不共的殊胜作用力。那个使眼成为缘的差别,并非同样也使耳成为缘,因为已成就了不同的根。依“于结生刹那,广大思对业生色以业缘为缘”的说法,可知在结生刹那,一个思对那时存在的所有业生色都成为业缘。因为,如果那时由不同的思产生各根,则业生色可能由小业和广大业所生,然而一个结生并非由多个业所产生,因此,由一个业产生多个根,是成立的。“并非由诸界的差别而有诸根的差别性”,这是作为结论而说的。显示巴利原文
661-2. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ pasādānaṃ visesatāti āha ‘‘tasmā’’tiādi. Yasmā vuttappakārena pasādavatthukānaṃ bhūtānaṃ visesena na bhavitabbaṃ, tasmā etesaṃ pasādanissayabhūtānaṃ idamūnaṃ, idamadhikanti etaṃ visesaparikappanaṃ sabbaso sabbākārena pahāya ñeyyā kammavisesena pasādānaṃ visesatā. Yathā avisesepi bhūtānaṃ rūpānaṃ rasādayo aññamaññavisadisā honti, evaṃ cakkhādayopi bhūtavisesābhāvepi aññamaññavisadisā honti. So panāyaṃ visiṭṭhabhāvo kammavisesena viññātabbo. Ekampi hi kammaṃ pañcāyatanikattabhāvapatthanānipphannaṃ cakkhādivisesahetutāya aññamaññassa asādhāraṇavisiṭṭhaṃ sāmatthiyavisesato. Na hi yena visesena cakkhussa paccayo, teneva sotassa hoti indriyantarabhāvappattito. ‘‘Paṭisandhikkhaṇe mahaggatā cetanā kaṭattārūpānaṃ kammapaccayena paccayo’’ti vacanato paṭisandhikkhaṇe vijjamānānaṃ sabbesaṃyeva kaṭattārūpānaṃ ekā cetanā kammapaccayo hotīti viññāyati. Nānācetanāya hi tadā indriyuppattiyaṃ sati parittena ca mahaggatena ca kammena kaṭattārūpaṃ āpajjeyya, na cekā paṭisandhi anekakammanibbattā hotīti siddhamekena kammena anekindriyuppatti hotīti. ‘‘Na hi bhūtavisesena, hoti tesaṃ visesatā’’ti idaṃ nigamanavasena vuttaṃ.
663 为示“如是,于这些由业差别而殊胜的诸根中,取境亦有差别”,故说“如是于这些中”等。“未至而取”即不接触而取,因它与自所依俱在,不附着于所依,即成为于色等境生起识的因。然而,有些人也说“它也是接触而取”,这不妥当,因为它对于有间隔和超量的境,也是生起识的因。若眼和耳唯取接触之境,则对于与眼净色有隔断的星星等,及依所依而言超量的月轮等色处;对于与耳净色有隔断的、由腹皮、关节皮等间隔的腹中声、关节声等,以及广大的海声等声处,识不应生起。因为如身根等接触而取的诸根,不见有此类情况。显示巴利原文
663. Evaṃ kammavisesato visiṭṭhesu ca etesu ārammaṇaggahaṇepi ayaṃ visesoti dassetuṃ ‘‘evametesū’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Appattagāhakanti asampattaggāhakaṃ attano nissayena saha anallīyananissaye eva rūpādivisaye viññāṇuppattihetubhāvato. Keci pana tampi ‘‘sampattaggāhakamevā’’ti vadanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ sāntare adhike ca visaye viññāṇuppattihetubhāvato. Yadi hi cakkhusotāni sampattavisayameva gaṇhanti, cakkhupasādato vicchinnadese ṭhitesu tārakādīsu nissayavasena ca pamāṇato adhikesu candamaṇḍalādīsu rūpāyatanesu sotapasādato ca vicchinnadesasambhūtesu udaracammasandhicammādiantaritesu kucchisaddasandhisaddādīsu puthulesu ca samuddasaddādīsu saddāyatanesu viññāṇuppatti na siyā sampattaggāhakānaṃ kāyindriyādīnaṃ tathā adassanato.
此处也许有人会说:“由于根在依止处之外发生作用,它便只取所触之境,遍满与所取境相当的境而取,因此,‘由于在有间隔和超量的境上是生起识的因’这一说法便不成立。”这并不成立,因为根根本不会在依止处之外生起。根只在依止处发生作用,因为在那里才能见到其作用的运作等。如果它在外处发生作用,那么即使在依止处被遮蔽时,也应能取境。因此,正因为处在依止处的眼和耳恰恰是取未至之境,所以‘由于在有间隔和超量的境上是生起识的因’这一说法并非不成立。因此,古德们说:显示巴利原文
Ettha ca vadeyya – adhiṭṭhānato bahindriyassa pavatti hotīti sampattavisayameva yattakaṃ visayaṃ, tattakaṃ visayaṃ gahaṇākāraṃ pharitvā gaṇhāti, tasmā asiddhametaṃ ‘‘sāntare adhike ca visaye viññāṇuppattihetubhāvato’’ti? Taṃ na, adhiṭṭhānato bahi indriyuppattiyā eva abhāvā. Adhiṭṭhānadese eva hi indriyaṃ pavattati tattha kiccādippayogadassanato. Sati ca etassa bahi pavattiyaṃ adhiṭṭhāne pihitepi visayaggahaṇaṃ siyā, tasmā adhiṭṭhānadese ṭhitānaṃyeva cakkhusotānaṃ asampattavisayasseva gahaṇato nāsiddhametaṃ ‘‘sāntare adhike ca viññāṇuppattihetubhāvato’’ti. Tenāhu porāṇā –
“在与一切境结合时,于所见色处中,
对隔断和广大的境所生之识,是接触而取说的障碍。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sabbagocarayogepi, diṭṭhaṃ rūparavesu yaṃ; Vicchinnaputhuviññāṇaṃ, sampattaggāhabādhaka’’nti.
其意思是:当一切眼等诸根与各自的境——色等结合,即具有同一作用、有关联或相触时,在色处、声处等境中,对于那些因远离眼等根且无间隔而成为间断、依计量而广大的境,所生起的识,即是对眼与耳而言,被称为“接触而取”的障碍。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – sabbesaṃ cakkhādīnaṃ gocarena rūpādinā yoge ekakāriyasādhakattā sambandhe ghaṭṭane vā samāne sati rūparavesu rūpasaddāyatanesu visayabhūtesu cakkhādito dūrabhāvena ceva kenaci anantaritabhāvena ca vicchinnesu pamāṇato puthulesu ca visayesu uppajjamānaṃ yaṃ viññāṇaṃ, taṃ cakkhusotānaṃ sampattaggāhassa sampattaggahaṇassa bādhakanti.
再者,假如眼是接触而取者,它应当也能看见自己领域内的颜色;同样,也应能看见眼睑上的眼膏、睫毛根部的眼珠颜色,以及在睫毛根部被摩擦的涂药棒,但这些并不可见。因此,眼只取依于其依止处之境色。耳处也是如此:若耳是接触而取者,那么心所生的声处任何时候都不能成为耳识的所缘缘,因为心所生之色不会在外部生起。然而,《发趣论》中无差别地说:“声处以所缘缘为缘,对耳识界为缘”,即声是耳识的所缘。再者,若耳是接触而取者,由于只能在自己的境处被取,声应如香一样无法确定方向等。若如此,循声射箭的声射手,其箭便只应落在自己的耳孔中。因此,声在何处生起,便即于彼处站立,进入耳道。显示巴利原文
Apica yadi cakkhu sampattaggāhakaṃ siyā, attano maṇḍale ṭhitaṃ vaṇṇampi passeyya. Tathā akkhipuṭe añjanaṃ pakhumamūle akkhivaṇṇaṃ pakhumamūle ghaṭṭiyamānaṃ añjanasalākampi passeyya, na ca panetaṃ dissati, tasmā tannissaye dese ṭhitameva visayaṃ gaṇhāti. Sotāyatanampi yadi sampattaggāhakaṃ abhavissa, cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ saddāyatanaṃ sotaviññāṇassa kadācipi ārammaṇapaccayo na siyā. Na hi bahiddhā cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ uppatti atthi. Paṭṭhāne ca ‘‘saddāyatanaṃ sotaviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.2) aviseseneva saddassa sotaviññāṇārammaṇabhāvo vutto . Kiñca yadi sotaṃ sampattaggāhakaṃ siyā, attano visayapadeseyeva gahetabbato gandhassa viya saddassāpi disādesavavatthānaṃ na siyā. Evañca saddānusārena kaṇḍaṃ pātentassa saddavedhino attano kaṇṇabileyeva sarapātanaṃ siyā, tasmā yattha uppanno saddo, tattheva ṭhito sotapathe āpāthamāgacchati.
若如此,为何远处染工等的声音要经久方闻?因为如果是未至而取者,那么远近各处的声音应当同时听到。并非如此,这是由于对远近的声音,依其明显程度而有取着的差别。正如对远近的说话声,依其明显程度而有字音取着的差别;同样,对染工等的声音,近处者从始至末渐次明显,远处者则在结束时或中间以总体的方式变得明显。依此明显程度,于确定的耳识路之后生起的意门速行,由于取着的差别,便生起“轻易听到”或“很久才听到”的想法。然而,两种情况下耳识的生起是相同的,因为声在生起之处站立,于其存在的当下即进入耳道。如果声未通过诸界次第向四周传播,如何会有回声的产生?应知,远处的声也是其他地方产生回声以及器皿等振动的原因,如同铁块是铁器振动的原因。显示巴利原文
Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ dūre ṭhitehi rajakādisaddā cirena suyyanti. Asampattaggāhakatte hi dūrāsannadesavattīnaṃ samakameva savanena bhavitabbanti? Nayidamevaṃ dūrāsannānaṃ yathāpākaṭe sadde gahaṇavisesato. Yathā hi dūrāsannānaṃ vacanasadde yathāpākaṭeva gahaṇavisesato akkharavisesanaṃ gahaṇaṃ, aggahaṇañca hoti, evaṃ rajakādisaddepi āsannassa ādito pabhuti yāva avasānā kamena pākaṭībhūte, dūrassa ca avasāne, majjhe vā piṇḍavasena pavattipākaṭībhūte yathāpākaṭaṃ nicchayaggāhakānaṃ sotaviññāṇavīthiyā parato pavattānaṃ manodvārikajavanānaṃ gahaṇavisesato lahukaṃ suto, cirena sutoti abhimāno hoti. Sotaviññāṇappavatti pana ubhayattha samānā saddassa uppannadese ṭhitassa attano vijjamānakkhaṇeyeva sotāpāthagamanato. Yadi saddassa bhūtaparamparāya samantato pavatti natthi, kathaṃ paṭighosuppattīti? Dūre ṭhitopi saddo aññattha paṭighosuppattiyā, bhājanādicalanassa ca paccayo hoti ayokanto viya ayocalanassāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
余者……乃至……“执取者”:即其余称为鼻、舌、身的三净色根。它们于所缘到来时执取所缘,这既是依于所依,也是自身趋入各自的所依而识得生起。香的所依与鼻所依一同趋入,香才被认知;味的所依与舌所依一同趋入,味才被认知。而触境的三大种色,依于身所依趋入,才被认知。显示巴利原文
Sesaṃ…pe… gāhakanti yaṃ pana avasesaṃ ghānajivhākāyasaṅkhātaṃ pasādattayaṃ, taṃ sampattaggāhakaṃ hoti nissayavasena ceva sayañca attano nissaye allīneyeva visaye viññāṇuppattihetubhāvato. Gandharasānaṃ nissayesu ghānajivhānissayehi saha allīnāyeva gandharasā viññāyanti . Phoṭṭhabbañca bhūtattayarūpaṃ kāyanissayena allīnameva viññāyatīti.
“陷入颜色变化”:由于嗔等因缘而生起不悦意之色,从而陷入颜色的变异。“达于内心的状态”:即内在的意图或倾向。“显示”:即令其如同色法一般显现,意谓将其显示为有形象的。因为界有多种含义,所以“色”一词应视为有“显示”之义。此即是“那色”之关联。“于眼中,或眼之撞击,此为其相”,故为“眼撞击相”。耳撞击相等也是如此。此中,撞击是指所缘与能取者彼此相对而安立,犹如撞击。正如遭遇撞击时弱者会动摇,当所缘与之相对时,能取者、与之关联的依处色,以及依彼而有分心便会动摇。那色在眼中动摇,或是眼在色中动摇。所以这样说:“无见有对之眼中,有见有对之色撞击;或是无见有对之眼,于有见有对之色中被撞击”等等。“所缘状态”即缘依性。“行境状态之现起”:这里,不异性即是所缘性,对此着重而行,便成为行境状态,这便是所缘与行境的差别。“被带至”:即被引致,或依其缘而被引导至耳识所能认知的状态,是为斯义。“散发气味”:即散发好香或恶臭以指示自身。因此说“指示”。显示巴利原文
Vaṇṇavikāramāpajjamānanti dosādīhi kāraṇehi amanāpavaṇṇassa uppattivasena vaṇṇavikāraṃ āpajjamānaṃ. Hadayaṅgatabhāvanti cittagataṃ ajjhāsayaṃ. Pakāsetīti rūpamiva pakāsaṃ karoti, saviggahamiva dassetīti attho. Anekatthattā hi dhātūnaṃ pakāsanattho eva rūpa-saddo daṭṭhabbo. Taṃ pana rūpanti sambandho. Cakkhumhi, cakkhussa vā paṭihananaṃ lakkhaṇametassāti cakkhupaṭihananalakkhaṇaṃ. Evaṃ sotapaṭihananalakkhaṇantiādīsupi. Paṭihananañcettha visayavisayīnaṃ aññamaññābhimukhabhāvo yogyadesāvaṭṭhānaṃ paṭighāto viyāti katvā. Yathā paṭighāte sati dubbalassa calanaṃ hoti, evaṃ visayābhimukhabhāve sati visayino taṃsambandhassa ca vatthurūpassa, tannissitassa ca bhavaṅgassa calanaṃ hoti. So rūpassa cakkhumhi, cakkhussa vā rūpe hoti. Tenāha ‘‘yamhi cakkhumhi anidassanamhi sappaṭighamhi rūpaṃ sanidassanaṃ sappaṭighaṃ paṭihaññi vā, yaṃ cakkhu anidassanaṃ sappaṭighaṃ rūpamhi sanidassanamhi sappaṭighamhi paṭihaññi vā’’ti (dha. sa. 597) ca ādi. Visayabhāvo ārammaṇapaccayatā. Gocarabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānanti ettha anaññathābhāvo visayatā, tabbahulatā gocarabhāvoti ayaṃ visayagocarānaṃ viseso. Saddāyatīti udāharīyati, sakehi vā paccayehi sotaviññeyyabhāvaṃ upanīyatīti attho. Attānaṃ gandhayatīti sugandhaṃ, duggandhanti vā attānaṃ pakāseti. Tenāha ‘‘sūcayatī’’ti.
664 664. 唯女人所有之根为女根。如眼等根,男人也可有,而此根则不然。此根决定唯存在于女人,因此称为“女根”。男根也是如此。女人之状态,即“以此心而成为女人”,或由是得名,故为女性状态。“结生等起”:即唯在结生时生起,与结生心同一刹那而生。由此排除了如眼根等在生命期间性别转变时的显现。而“此女性相等”:即此作为根的果报的女性相等。“等”字所摄,包含了女性相、女性行、女性仪。其中,手足等圆滑或不圆滑等形状为女性相。女人的手足、颈、大腿等形状不像男人那样:她们下半身圆滑,上半身不圆滑;手足小,口小,乳房不圆滑;她们少汗多乳。发式、服饰的穿戴为女性相。幼年时以精巧的玩具游戏及纺线等,为女性行,即女性所作之义。行止于不圆滑处等状态为女性仪。见到男人行止不圆滑,也会说“如女人般站、卧、坐、食、嚼”。然而诸阿阇梨评此女性相等之说明不善,另作异说。即:女根之处为女性相,贪欲之意欲为女性相,行止于不圆滑等处为女性行,女人之形状为女性仪。此中,意欲即是对男人的贪欲。此贪欲于她们常强力转起,故也因此而被觉知为“女人”之相,而称为显示巴利原文
664. Itthiyā eva indriyaṃ itthindriyaṃ. Yathā cakkhādīni indriyāni purisassapi honti, nayidaṃ tathā. Idaṃ pana niyamena itthiyā eva hoti, tasmā ‘‘itthindriya’’nti vuccati. Evaṃ purisindriyepi. Itthiyā bhāvo, itthīti bhavati etena cittaṃ , abhidhānaṃ vāti itthibhāvo. Paṭisandhisamuṭṭhitoti paṭisandhiyaṃyeva samuṭṭhito, paṭisandhicittena saha ekakkhaṇe samuṭṭhito. Etena ṭhapetvā liṅgaparivattanaṃ cakkhundriyādīni viya imassa apātubhāvamāha. Yañcetaṃ itthiliṅgādīti yaṃ panetaṃ indriyaphalabhūtaṃ itthiliṅgādi. Ādi-ggahaṇena itthinimittaitthikuttaitthākappānaṃ saṅgaho. Tattha visadaavisadahatthapādāditā saṇṭhānaṃ itthiliṅgaṃ. Itthīnañhi hatthapādagīvāuraādisaṇṭhānaṃ na purisānaṃ viya hoti. Tathā hi tāsaṃ heṭṭhimakāyo visado, uparimakāyo avisado, hatthapādā khuddakā, mukhaṃ khuddakaṃ, thanamaṃsā avisadā, tā nimmassudāṭhikā. Kesabandhavatthaggahaṇañca itthinimittaṃ. Daharakālepi suppakamusalakādīhi kīḷā makacivākena suttakantananti ca evamādi itthikuttaṃ, itthikiriyāti attho. Avisadaṭṭhānagamanādiākāro itthākappo. Purisampi hi avisadaṃ disvā mātugāmo viya tiṭṭhati nipajjati nisīdati khādati bhuñjatīti vadanti. Idaṃ pana itthiliṅgādiparidīpanaṃ akusalanti vatvā aññathāpi vaṇṇenti ācariyā. Kathaṃ? Yonipadeso itthiliṅgaṃ, sarādhippāyā itthinimittaṃ, avisadaṭṭhānagamanādayo itthikuttaṃ, itthisaṇṭhānaṃ itthākappoti. Ettha ca adhippāyo nāma purisasmiṃ methunataṇhā. Sā hi tāsaṃ niccaṃ balavatarā pavattati, ato sāpi itthīti sañjānanassa nimittatāya ‘‘itthinimitta’’nti vuccati. Kiñcāpi itthīti saññāṇassa nimittatāya kuttākappānampi nimitteyeva antogadhatā, tathāpi tesaṃ visuṃ gahaṇato sarādhippāyā eva nimittabhāvena adhippetā.
665 然而,女性相等是否如同女根一样,是结生等起的呢?故说“依女根”等。虽然女性相等依各自相应的业等缘而生,但大多在有女根的相续中,呈现为相应的形态;在无女根处则不生。因此,依其有无而说“依女根而生”。进而将说明“女人……以因缘为现起”。正是由于这种因缘性(即增上性)而说其根性,因为在有女根的相续中,女性相等形态之色并非依其他缘而生;也非从根等缘而生。同样地,就像命根对于单一色聚中的诸法,或食对于他聚之色,它并非支撑或守护者。如此,此根亦如命根与食,其缘性及未离缘性在巴利中并未论及。由于女性相等依他缘而有,故在具有增上之处,它们会在残余的死心所造色中显现出该形态。然而,这些女性相等虽依女根而生,于胎生者的结生时并不生起,仅在转起时才生起,因此说“于转起……乃至……非结生”。显示巴利原文
665. Kiṃ panetaṃ itthiliṅgādi itthindriyaṃ viya paṭisandhisamuṭṭhitaṃ hotīti āha ‘‘itthindriyaṃ paṭiccevā’’tiādi. Kiñcāpi hi itthiliṅgādīni yathāsakaṃ kammādinā paccayena samuṭṭhahanti , yebhuyyena pana itthindriyasahiteyeva santāne taṃtadākārā hutvā sambhavanti, itarattha ca na bhavantīti tesaṃ tabbhāvabhāvitaṃ upādāya ‘‘itthindriyaṃ paṭicceva jāyantī’’ti vuttāni. Evañca katvā vakkhati ‘‘itthi…pe… kāraṇabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāna’’nti. Īdiseneva kāraṇabhāvasaṅkhātena adhipatibhāvena tassa indriyatā vuttā indriyasahite santāne itthiliṅgādiākārarūpapaccayānaṃ aññathā anuppādanato, na pana indriyādipaccayasambhavato. Tathā hetaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ viya ekakalāpagatānaṃ āhāro viya kalāpantararūpānaṃ upatthambhakamanupālakaṃ vā na hoti. Evañca katvā jīvitindriyaāhārānaṃ viya imassa indriyapaccayatā, atthiavigatapaccayatā ca pāḷiyaṃ na vuttā. Yasmā paccayantarādhīnāni itthiliṅgādīni, tasmā yatthassa ādhipaccaṃ, taṃsadisesu matacittakatarūpesupi taṃsaṇṭhānatā dissati. Yasmā panete itthindriyaṃ paṭicca jāyantāpi gabbhaseyyakānaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ na samuṭṭhahanti, pavatteyeva samuṭṭhahanti, tasmā āha ‘‘pavatte…pe… paṭisandhiya’’nti.
666-7 然而,对于湿生和化生者,有些根在结生时便与女性根一同生起。而“非”一词中的ca字,是用来连接应说的其他内容,此处应理解为“有些”。由于性征等形态的色法中,色处是眼识所认知的,所以说“女性性征等是眼识所认知的”。然而,除此之外的其他性征等,则依相应情况,既是耳识所认知的,也是意识所认知的,故说“或非”。为了类比说明,上述种种分别同样可应用于男性根,论师便说“同样的道理”等。若仅说“在其余者中”,可能会被人误解为“在此之外的其余一切”,因此明确说“在男性根中”。所谓“初劫之人”,指的是最初劫的人类。他们从光音天命终后投生此处,历经长时,当开始食用粗劣食物,产生了大小便后,为了排泄,疮口破裂,男人的男性特征和女人的女性特征便随之出现。事实上,由于过去生中所修习的近行定之威力,只要在有情的相续中,镇伏欲贪的力量尚未止息,那么以强力欲贪为近依的男女根就不会生起。然而,当由于定的中断,强力欲贪得到增长时,显示巴利原文
666-7. Saṃsedajaopapātikānaṃ pana kiñci itthindriyena saha paṭisandhiyameva nibbattati. Na cāti ca-kāro vacanīyantarasamuccaye. ‘‘Kiñcā’’ti imassa atthe daṭṭhabbo. Yasmā liṅgādiākāresu rūpesu rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññeyyaṃ, tasmā āha ‘‘itthiliṅgādayo cakkhuviññeyyā hontī’’ti. Yasmā pana tato aññāni yathāyogaṃ sotaviññeyyāni ceva manoviññeyyāni ca, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘na vā’’ti. Yathāvutto papañco purisindriyepi yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabboti atidesaṃ karonto āha ‘‘esevā’’tiādi. Sesepīti ettakeyeva vutte ito sesesu sabbesupīti kadāci koci cinteyyāti āha ‘‘purisindriye’’ti . Paṭhamakappānanti paṭhamakappikanarānaṃ. Tesañhi ābhassaralokato cavitvā idhūpapannānaṃ dīghassa kālassa accayena oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āharataṃ muttakarīsesu sañjātesu tesaṃ nikkhamanatthāya vaṇamukhāni bhijjanti, purisassa purisabhāvo, itthiyā ca itthibhāvo pāturahosi. Tathā hi purimattabhāvesu pavattaupacārajhānānubhāvena yāva sattasantāne kāmarāgavikkhambhanavego na paṭipassambhati, na tāva balavakāmarāgūpanissayāni itthipurisindriyāni pāturahesuṃ. Yadā panassa vicchinnatāya balavakāmarāgo laddhāvasaro ahosi, tadā tadūpanissayāni tāni sattānaṃ santāne sañjāyanti.
668 “之后”是指初劫之后的时期。“在转起中……转变”的意思,就如同苏雷亚长者之子的情形那样。以“api”一词,也表明了在初篇波罗夷的所引判例中提到的比丘,以及如同比丘尼那样,在结生时即生起(异性根),而后于转起中发生转变的情况。正如所说:显示巴利原文
668.Paratoti paṭhamakappato aparabhāge. Pavatte…pe… parivattatīti yathā taṃ soreyyakaseṭṭhiputtassa viyāti adhippāyo. Api-saddena paṭhamapārājikāyaṃ vinītavatthupāḷiyaṃ āgatabhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā viya ca paṭisandhiyaṃ samuṭṭhitassapi pavatte parivattanaṃ dīpeti. Yathāha –
那时,有位比丘现起了女根。那时,有位比丘尼现起了男根。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno itthiliṅgaṃ pātubhūtaṃ hoti. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā bhikkhuniyā purisaliṅgaṃ pātubhūtaṃ hotī’’ti (pārā. 69).
若有人在结生时,两种根中连一种都没有生起,他便被称为“无性人”,应知他在转起中也不会产生根。显示巴利原文
Yassa pana paṭisandhiyaṃ dvīsu ekampi na samuṭṭhitaṃ, so abhāvako nāma, tassa pavattiyampi indriyuppatti na hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
669 那么,这二者的生起与坏灭,其原因是什么?又为何说它由此生起、由此转变?论师将这一问难置于心中,说道:“由大恶业……”等。其中,“大”是指如犯他人妻等的大力恶业,作为近依缘。“由大善业”这一句,是就善趣而言的。而在恶趣中,二者的生起与坏灭都唯由不善业所产生。显示巴利原文
669. Kiṃ panetassa ubhayassapi nibbattiyā, vināsanassa ca kāraṇaṃ, yato idaṃ samuṭṭhāti, parivattatīti ca vuccatīti imaṃ anuyogaṃ manasi katvā āha ‘‘mahatā pāpakammenā’’tiādi. Tattha mahatāti paradārikakammādinā mahābalena. Pāpakammena upanissayabhūtena . Mahatā kusalenevāti idaṃ sugatiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Duggatiyaṃ pana ubhayampi akusalakammeneva jāyati.
670 当根坏灭时,性征也必定一同坏灭,因此说“女性性征坏灭”。然而,这里应这样理解其意:在这二者中,男性根为优胜,女性根为低劣。男性根的消失是由大不善业造成的,其生起则由大善业造成;女性根的消失是由弱不善业造成的,其生起也由弱善业造成。但在恶趣中,二者的消失与生起都只由不善业造成。如果说在善趣中女性根也仅由善业产生,那为何又有“犯他人妻之业后,堕入地狱,受报完毕,又以此恶业之力,于人间五百世生为女人”等说法呢?这并不矛盾,因为那是就等流果而说的。事实上,在结生时,即使是有能力产生男性根的业,有时也会被犯他人妻等强力恶业所阻碍其效力,那时,由于它无力产生自己的男性根,便只能产生女性根。而在转起中,有时从结生开始就以自己的力量生起男性根,并以其强力状态排除了以女性根为近依的犯他人妻等不善业,但后来,由于获得了具足条件而产生的特殊力量,可能被犯他人妻等业所阻碍其效力,那时,由于它自己的羸弱,便不再产生男性根,而只产生女性根。如此,由于女性根是依犯他人妻等业为近缘而生起的,故说显示巴利原文
670. Indriye vinaṭṭhe ekanteneva liṅgampi vinassatevāti āha ‘‘itthiliṅgaṃ vinassatī’’ti. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo daṭṭhabbo – imesu dvīsu purisindriyaṃ uttamaṃ, itthindriyaṃ hīnaṃ, purisindriyassa antaradhānaṃ mahantena akusalena kammena hoti, samuṭṭhānaṃ mahantena kusalakammena, itthindriyassa antaradhānaṃ dubbalākusalena, samuṭṭhānampi dubbalakusalena, duggatiyaṃ pana ubhayassāpi antaradhānaṃ, samuṭṭhānañca akusaleneva hotīti. Yadi sugatiyaṃ itthindriyampi kusaleneva nibbattati, kathañcarahi ‘‘paradārikakammaṃ katvā niraye paccitvā teneva pāpakammena pañcasatakkhattuṃ manussaloke itthī hutvā nibbattatī’’tiādivacananti? Nāyaṃ virodho nissandaphalavasena vuttattā. Tathā hi paṭisandhiyaṃ tāva purisindriyanibbattanārahampi kammaṃ kadāci paradārikādinā balavapāpakammena paṭibāhitasāmatthiyaṃ assa, tadā attano purisindriyanibbattane asamatthatāya itthindriyameva nibbatteti. Pavattiyaṃ pana attano balavabhāvena itthindriyūpanissayaṃ paradārikamakusalakammaṃ paṭibāhitvā paṭisandhito paṭṭhāya purisindriyaṃ samuṭṭhāpentaṃ kadāci laddhasāmaggitāsañjātabalavisesena paradārikādinā kammena paṭibāhitasāmatthiyaṃ bhaveyya, tadā attano dubbalatāya purisindriyaṃ na nibbatteti , itthindriyameva nibbatteti. Evaṃ paradārikādikammūpanissayena itthindriyassa nibbattanato taṃ tena nibbattitaṃ katvā vuccati.
671-2 然而,当那个业后来由于重新获得具足条件,或因恶业耗尽而变得有力时,便如同被施了咒术的树在咒术消失后(恢复原状)一样,它便依自身力量产生男性根,而女性根则因缺乏自己的因缘而不生起。在二者都生起的情况下,由于是与不相同的根一起生起,从之前第十七心识刹那的住时开始,各自能生的业便不产生各自的根。与第十七心识刹那一起生起的(根),由于不相同的根的生起,便与之前的心识一同灭去。如果它在第十七心识刹那生起之后还要再生起,那么另一个就不会生起,因为在同一个相续中,不容许两个(根)同时存在。正是因此,在“若某人的男性根生起,其女性根会生起吗?”(《双论·根双论》188)这个问题中,回答是“否”。作了如此说明后,论师将说“对于双性人也是如此”等。而且,当其中一个(根)灭去后,与之相关的性征等会在数日内灭去;当它们灭去后,另一个(根及其性征)便次第生起,诸师长如是说。由于既有产生女性相的业,又有产生男性相的业,如此具足二相之人,称为“双性人”。所谓“对于他也是如此”,即是说即使对于具有两种显示巴利原文
671-2. Yadā pana taṃ kammaṃ puna sāmaggipaṭilābhato, parikkhīṇapāpakammatāya vā balavappattaṃ abhavissa, tadā dinnavedhaṃ viya rukkhaṃ tadapagame attano balānurūpaṃ purisindriyaṃ nibbatteti, itthindriyaṃ pana attano kāraṇābhāvato nuppajjati. Ubhayassa pana nibbattiyampi visadisindriyanibbattanato pure sattarasamacittassa ṭhitikālamupādāya taṃtaṃsamuṭṭhāpakakammaṃ taṃ taṃ indriyaṃ na janeti. Sattarasamacittena saha uppannaṃ visadisindriyuppattito purimacittena saha nirujjhati. Yadi hi sattarasamacittuppādato parampi uppajjeyya, itaraṃ nuppajjati ekasmiṃ santāne dvinnaṃ sahuppattiyā anicchitattā. Teneva hi ‘‘yassa vā pana purisindriyaṃ uppajjati, tassa itthindriyaṃ uppajjatī’’ti (yama. 3.indriyayamaka.188) imasmiṃ pañhe ‘‘no’’ti (yama. 3.indriyayamaka.188) paṭikkhepo katoti. Evañca katvā vakkhati ‘‘ubhatobyañjanassāpī’’tiādi . Ekasmiñca niruddhe tappaṭibaddhāni liṅgādīni katipayadivasehi nirujjhanti, tesu niruddhesu itarāni anukkamena jāyantīti ācariyā. Itthinimittuppādakakammato, purisanimittuppādakakammato vāti ubhato duvidhaṃ byañjanamassāti ubhatobyañjano. Tassāpīti yassa duvidhaṃ byañjanamatthi, tassāpi ekameva indriyaṃ siyā, kiṃ pana itarassāti dasseti.
难道不是有了两种性征,也就应该有两种根吗?因为性征是依各自之根而生起的。的确如此,但这里,女性双性人依于女性根,终其一生只现起女性相;男性双性人依于男性根,只现起男性相;而另一种性征并非由其女性根或男性根为因而生起。为了说明它由什么因缘而有,便以“若如是”作追问,并以“非无”等作简别。若如是:即只有一种根存在时。非无:由于所依之因不存在,故男性双性人无女性性征,女性双性人无男性性征,这是其义。非无:即并非没有第二种性征。非彼性征之因:即彼根不是第二种性征的因。何以故?因为并非恒常存在。当女性双性人对女人生起贪染心时,其男性性征便显露,女性性征则隐没不现;同样,男性双性人对男人生起贪染心时,其女性性征便显露,男性性征则隐没不现。如果他们的根是第二种性征的因,那么两种性征就应恒常存在,但并非如此,因此应知“彼根非彼性征之因”。若问:那么什么是因呢?答:“彼……因”。其中,业伴:即前世所成就的能生起根的业的助伴。贪染心:即女人对男人,或男人对女人所生起的淫欲贪染心。当此心生起时,彼性征便显示巴利原文
Nanu ca duvidhe byañjane sati indriyadvayenāpi bhavitabbaṃ, byañjanañhi taṃ taṃ indriyaṃ paṭicca jāyatīti? Saccaṃ jāyati, etthāpi itthiubhatobyañjanassa itthindriyaṃ paṭicca itthinimittameva yāvajīvaṃ pavattati, purisaubhatobyañjanassa purisindriyaṃ paṭicca purisanimittameva, itaraṃ pana na tassa itthindriyapurisindriyahetuto jāyati. Taṃ pana yena kāraṇena hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘evaṃ sante’’ti anuyogaṃ katvā ‘‘na cābhāvo’’tiādinā sodhanaṃ tu vuttaṃ. Evaṃ santeti ekasmiṃyeva indriye sati. Abhāvo cāti yaṃ paṭicca jāyati, tassa abhāvato purisaubhatobyañjanassa itthibyañjanābhāvo, itthiubhatobyañjanassa purisabyañjanābhāvoti attho . Na cābhāvo siyāti neva dutiyabyañjanassa abhāvo siyā. Na taṃ byañjanakāraṇanti taṃ indriyaṃ dutiyabyañjanakāraṇaṃ na hoti. Kasmā? Sadā abhāvato. Itthiubhatobyañjanassa hi yadā itthiyā rāgacittaṃ uppajjati, tadā purisabyañjanaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, itthibyañjanaṃ paṭicchannaṃ guḷhaṃ hoti, tathā itarassa itaraṃ. Yadi ca tesaṃ indriyaṃ dutiyabyañjanakāraṇaṃ bhaveyya, sadāpi byañjanadvayaṃ tiṭṭheyya, na pana tiṭṭhati, tasmā veditabbametaṃ ‘‘na tassa taṃ byañjanakāraṇa’’nti. Kiñcarahi kāraṇanti ce? Āha ‘‘tassā…pe… kāraṇa’’nti. Tattha kammasahāyanti purimabhavasiddhassa indriyanibbattakakammassa sahāyaṃ. Rāgacittanti itthiyā purisasmiṃ, purisassa itthiyaṃ vā uppannaṃ methunarāgacittaṃ. Tasmiñhi uppanne taṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ paṭippassaddhe paṭicchannaṃ hoti. Yasmā panimassa ekameva indriyaṃ hoti, tasmā itthiubhatobyañjanako sayampi paraṃ uddissa gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti, attānaṃ uddissa parampi gaṇhāpeti. So hi itthindriyavantatāya sayaṃ gaṇhāti, paresu upakkamakaraṇato paraṃ gaṇhāpeti. Purisaubhatobyañjanako paresu upakkamakaraṇato paraṃ gabbhaṃ gaṇhāpeti, sayaṃ pana purisindriyavantatāya gabbhaṃ na gaṇhāti.
因为有女性根,便有女性特征等;当这些特征存在时,便显现为“女人”,因此说该根是令其显现的因,故说“以显现‘女人’为味”。而且,这两种根如同身净色,遍满全身,但它与身净色并不相混,因为特相有别、所依不同。显示巴利原文
Yasmā itthindriye sati itthiliṅgādayo honti, tesu ca santesu itthīti pakāso hoti, tasmā taṃ tassa pakāsanakāraṇanti āha ‘‘itthīti pakāsanarasa’’nti. Duvidhampi panetaṃ indriyaṃ kāyapasādo viya sakalasarīrabyāpakameva, na cassa kāyapasādena saṅkaro lakkhaṇabhedato, nissayabhedato ca.
673 673.“以维护俱生色为特相”:如同与自身一同生起的色法在三刹那中流转,命根即以这样的方式维护它们,这是它的特相。由于命根纯粹是业生,由“俱生”一词,它所应维护的诸色法也就成了业生性,因此不再另说“业生”。虽然业生色法各自仅住立三刹那,但命根正是以它们为生起之因的方式来维护它们。所以说“以令它们转起为味”。这里的“转起”,根据前文,就是令它们延续、住立、成为住立之因。因为业生色法不能像食生等色法以食等为住立之因那样,单以业为住立之因。为什么呢?因为业在那个刹那并不存在。业已灭去,却成为色的缘;由此,那些业等起色就像父母已死的子女,需要依靠叔父等其他依止才能转起;而除了命根,没有其他能令它们延续的法,所以只有命根以令它们转起为味。然而,食生等色法就像父母健在的子女,不依赖其他缘,只依各自的缘而转起。因为食等在自己存在的刹那,令色法等起后,便安住以维持它们的住立与转起;因此,那些食等起色便不依赖于命根。其余诸色也各自依自己的缘而住立,所以不期望其他令住立之因。而这命根,从由业等起之色生起时起,就是它们的维护者,是它们所应令延续、所应令转起的所依。显示巴利原文
673.Sahajarūpaparipālanalakkhaṇanti yathā attanā sahajātarūpāni tīsu khaṇesu pavattanti, evaṃ anupālanalakkhaṇaṃ. Jīvitindriyassa ekantakammajattā sahajaggahaṇeneva anupāletabbānampi kammajabhāvova siddhoti kammajaggahaṇaṃ na kataṃ. Yathāsakaṃ khaṇattayamattaṭṭhāyīnampi kammajarūpānaṃ pavattihetubhāveneva taṃ anupālakaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘tesaṃ pavattanarasa’’nti. Pavattanañcettha vuttanayena tesaṃ yāpanaṃ ṭhapanaṃ ṭhitihetukatā. Na hi kammajānaṃ kammameva ṭhitihetu bhavituṃ sakkoti āhārajādīnaṃ āhārādi viya. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Taṅkhaṇābhāvato. Kammañhi niruddhaṃ rūpassa paccayo hoti, tato taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpāni matapitikā viya puttā cūḷapituādinissayena aññanissayeneva pavattanti, aññañca tesaṃ yāpanasamatthaṃ natthi aññatra jīvitindriyenāti tadeva tesaṃ pavattanarasaṃ. Āhārajādayo pana dharamānakapitikā viya puttā aññanirapekkhā sakasakapaccayavaseneva pavattanti. Āhārādayo hi attano atthikkhaṇeyeva rūpāni samuṭṭhāpetvā tesaṃ ṭhitipavattiyāva tiṭṭhanti, tato taṃsamuṭṭhānāni jīvitindriyanirapekkhāni. Sesānipi taṃtaṃpaccayavaseneva tiṭṭhantīti na aññaṃ ṭhapanakāraṇaṃ paccāsīsanti. Kammasamuṭṭhānampi cetaṃ uppādato paṭṭhāyeva anupālakaṃ. Yāpetabbāni pavattetabbāni sahajātabhūtāni padaṭṭhānametassāti yāpetabbabhūtapadaṭṭhānaṃ.
674 674.“意识界”:指除去无色界异熟意识界之外的其余意识界。因此说“于五有中”。在五有中,意界与意识界依之而转起的色,称为“所依”,这是它们的关联。而“于五有中”这一限定,是就意识界而说的,因为意界在四有中并不存在。依圣典,未来心所依处(心脏色)的存在,应当通过教证和理证来了知。其中,教证如下——显示巴利原文
674.Manoviññāṇadhātūti ṭhapetvā arūpāvacaravipākamanoviññāṇadhātuṃ avasesā manoviññāṇadhātu. Tenāha ‘‘pañcavokāre’’ti. Pañcavokāre manodhātu, manoviññāṇadhātuyo ca yaṃ rūpaṃ nissāya pavattanti, taṃ ‘‘vatthū’’ti pavuccatīti sambandho. Pañcavokāreti ca visesanaṃ manoviññāṇadhātuvasena kataṃ, manodhātu pana catuvokārabhave nattheva. Pāḷiyaṃ anāgatassāpi hadayavatthuno āgamato, yuttito ca atthibhāvo viññātabbo. Tattha āgamo tāva –
凡意界与意识界依止而转起的色,彼色即以依止缘成为意界、意识界及与彼相应诸法的缘。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yaṃ rūpaṃ nissāya manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca pavattanti, taṃ rūpaṃ manodhātuyā ca manoviññāṇadhātuyā ca taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ nissayapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.8) –
以上是《发趣论》的说法。然而,其合理性应如此理解:在五蕴有中,意界与意识界二界依止于所造色与未造色而住,因为它们系缚于色而转起。凡是系缚于色而转起者,均可看到它依止于所造色与未造色,正如眼识界。在此,首先,色处等及食素作为彼二界的依止并不合理,因为它们可见在根所系之外亦能转起;其次,女根与男根作为依止也不合理,因为即使在没有此二者的无根相续中,仍可见二界。命根则另有俱生守护的特相作用,因此作为依止也不合理。因为命根专注于其他作用,不能成为此二界的依止。因此,由排除法可知,彼二界的依止即是所谓的‘心所依处’。暂且不论作为二界依止的‘所依’及所造色,应知此心所依处乃是业生、有固定作用、住于心处的一法。如何得知呢?因为它是识的所依色,所以是业生,如同眼净色。凡是作为识之所依的色,都是业生,正如眼净色。因此,它也有固定的作用。当人把骨头(胸骨)作为所缘,作意、全心转向而思惟某件事时,由于心处有烧灼的感觉,故知它住于此处。正如诸师所说:显示巴利原文
Evamādi paṭṭhānavacanaṃ. Yutti pana evaṃ veditabbā – nipphannaupādāyarūpanissayaṃ dhātudvayaṃ pañcavokārabhave rūpapaṭibaddhavuttittā. Yaṃ yañhi rūpapaṭibaddhavutti, taṃ taṃ nipphannaupādāyarūpanissayaṃ dissati yathā cakkhuviññāṇadhātu. Tattha na tāva rūpāyatanādīnaṃ, ojāya ca tannissayatā yujjati indriyapaṭibaddhato bahipi tesaṃ pavattidassanato, nāpi itthindriyapurisindriyānaṃ tadubhayavirahite abhāvakasantānepi dhātudvayadassanato. Jīvitindriyassāpi sahajaparipālanalakkhaṇakiccantaraṃ vijjatīti na tannissayatā yujjati. Tañhi kiccantare pasutaṃ na imāsaṃ nissayo bhavituṃ sakkoti, tasmā pārisesato tesaṃ nissayo hadayavatthu nāma atthīti viññātabbaṃ. Hotu tāva dhātudvayanissayo vatthu, upādāyarūpañca, taṃ panetaṃ kammasamuṭṭhānaṃ paṭiniyatakiccaṃ hadayappadese ṭhitamekanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kathametaṃ viññāyatīti? Vuccate – vatthurūpabhāvato kammasamuṭṭhānaṃ cakkhu viya. Yañhi viññāṇassa vatthubhūtaṃ rūpaṃ, taṃ kammasamuṭṭhānaṃ yathā cakkhupasādo, tato eva paṭiniyatakiccaṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā kiñci cintentassa hadayappadesassa khijjanato tatthedaṃ tiṭṭhatīti viññāyati. Yathāhu ācariyā –
彼是业生,因是所依故,如同眼净色,有固定作用;
因思惟时胸部有烧灼感,故知意界与意识界即住于此。’
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kammajaṃ vatthubhāvā taṃ, cakkhuṃva niyatakriyaṃ; Cintāya ca urokhedā, tatra tiṭṭhanti vijāniya’’nti.
若意界与意识界确有名为‘心所依处’的依止,为何此心所依处在色蕴中未被述及?难道对存在之法不予述说,是有原因的吗?并非没有原因,另有他因。那是什么原因呢?是教法的差别。正如眼识等完全依止于眼等,意识却并非完全依止于心所依处,仅在五蕴有中才依止于它,而且关于‘所依’的教说,完全是依‘所依止’的方式而转起的。如说‘有色是眼识的所依,有色非眼识的所依’等(《法集论》584),即简别了以眼识等为所依止者。若在诸双论等中,以完全依止于心所依处的意识为主,而说‘有色是意识的所依’等,则与之相应的所缘双论等便无法成立。因为不能说‘有色是意识的所缘,有色非意识的所缘’,如此则所依–所缘双论便会性质各异,教法便非一味。而世尊的意趣正是宣说一味的教法,故于彼处未说心所依处,并非因其不存在。这是世尊的常法:即使是某些可得之法,为了宣说一味教法,亦不加以取用。例如,在‘心的生起分别’中,因未予述说,故在‘无寻无伺句’的解释中便不能提及‘寻与伺’;在‘无寻唯伺句’的解释中,虽可得‘寻’,亦未举出,否则便应说‘与寻俱’等。由于是依显示巴利原文
Yadi manodhātumanoviññāṇadhātūnaṃ nissayabhūtaṃ hadayavatthu nāma atthi, kasmā panetaṃ rūpakaṇḍe na vuttaṃ. Na hi labbhamānassa avacane kāraṇaṃ atthīti? No natthi kāraṇantarasambhavato. Kiṃ pana taṃ kāraṇaṃ? Desanābhedo. Yathā hi cakkhuviññāṇādīni ekantato cakkhādinissayāni, na evaṃ manoviññāṇaṃ ekantena hadayavatthunissitaṃ pañcavokārabhaveyeva tannissayattā, ekantena nissitavaseneva ca vatthudesanā pavattā. ‘‘Atthi rūpaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa vatthu, atthi rūpaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa na vatthū’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 584) cakkhuviññāṇādīhi nissitehi visesitattā. Yampi ekantena hadayavatthunissayaṃ tassa vasena ‘‘atthi rūpaṃ manoviññāṇassa vatthū’’tiādinā dukādīsu vuccamānesu na tadanuguṇā ārammaṇadukādayo sambhavanti. Na hi ‘‘atthi rūpaṃ manoviññāṇassa ārammaṇaṃ, atthi rūpaṃ na manoviññāṇassa ārammaṇa’’nti sakkā vattunti vatthārammaṇadukā bhinnagatikā siyuṃ, na ekarasā desanā bhaveyya, ekarasañca desanaṃ desetuṃ tattha bhagavato ajjhāsayo, tasmā tattha hadayavatthu na vuttaṃ, na alabbhamānattā. Esā hi bhagavato pakati, yaṃ ekaraseneva desanaṃ desetuṃ labbhamānassāpi kassaci aggahaṇaṃ. Tathā hi nikkhepakaṇḍepi cittuppādavibhāgena avuccamānattā avitakkāvicārapadavisajjane vitakko vicāro cāti vattuṃ na sakkāti avitakkavicāramattapadavisajjane labbhamānopi vitakko na uddhaṭo, aññathā ‘‘vitakko cā’’ti vattabbaṃ siyāti. Nissayabhāvato upari āropetvā vahantaṃ viya paccupaṭṭhātīti ubbāhanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ.
675 675. 在四食当中,此处以色法为主,故应取段食,因此说‘食性即段食’。其中,做成团状,故名‘段’;被摄取,故名‘食’,意思是做成团状后吞下。这是为了显示食有实物而说。然而,段食中的食素在此处被称为‘食’,所以又说‘以此食素’等。这种食素具有摄取色法的自性,能作支持、给予力量,随行于肢节,是摄取色法者,依止于诸界,为一种独特之法。内在的食在获得外食之缘后,方令色法生起,因此,这种内在的食也依亲依止缘的方式摄取色法,故说‘摄取以食素为第八的色法’。所谓‘以食素为第八’,即是以食素作为第八项。‘以此食素’:指从自身生起的刹那之后即能生起色法,因此称为食素,也就是存在于饭、粥等食物中的那种遍满食素。‘于处处’:即于各个国土、城市等处。被称为‘段食’,是因为以此食素为事物,这是它的意旨。显示巴利原文
675. Catūsu āhāresu idha rūpādhikārato kabaḷīkāro āhāro gahetabboti āha ‘‘āhāratāti kabaḷīkāro āhāro’’ti. Tattha kabaḷaṃ karīyatīti kabaḷīkāro. Āharīyatīti āhāro, kabaḷaṃ katvā ajjhoharīyatīti attho. Idañca savatthukaṃ katvā āhāraṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Kabaḷīkārāhārassa pana ojā idha āhāro nāma. Tenāha ‘‘yāya ojāyā’’tiādi. So ca rūpāharaṇasabhāvo upatthambhanabalakaro aṅgamaṅgānusārīrasāharaṇabhūto bhūtanissito eko viseso. Bāhirāhārapaccayaṃ paṭilabhitvā eva ajjhattikāhāro rūpaṃ uppādetīti ayaṃ ajjhattikāhārassa upanissayabhāvenāpi rūpaṃ āharatīti āha ‘‘ojaṭṭhamakaṃ rūpaṃ āharatī’’ti. Ojā aṭṭhamī yassa taṃ ojaṭṭhamakaṃ. Yāya ojāyāti attano udayānantaraṃ rūpajananato ojāsaṅkhātāya odanakummāsādivatthugatāya yāya pharaṇaojāya. Yattha yatthāti yamhi yamhi janapade, nagarādīsu ca. ‘‘Kabaḷīkāro āhāro’’ti pavuccati tabbatthukattāti adhippāyo.
676 若问:所依(食物)的作用为何?食素的作用又为何?为显明“所依的作用在除去恼害,食素的作用在守护”,故说“饭食等”等。“承载火”即执取业生火。当腹中没有饭食等食物时,业生火便生起,执取名为“胃膜”的所执受色,令人表达“我饿,给我食物”。进食之时,它放开胃膜,转而执取非执受的食物,其后有情便能安住。犹如影鬼见人进入影子中而站立,便抓住此人,以天链捆缚,在自己的住处享乐;当它饥饿时,便来啄其头,那人被啄而发出叫喊;其余人听到叫喊声也前来,影鬼便抓住所有来者,将他们吃掉,同样在自己的住处享乐。同样地,业生火执取任何饭食等食物,消化之后,又再度执取胃膜。因此,当饭食等食物被带入自身胃膜而安立时,它便放开先前所执取,安住于执受身,为了让食物执取自身,便将那食物带到近旁。“唯独”是指:不含食素的食物,业生身(命)不能守护它。显示巴利原文
676. Kiṃ pana vatthuno kiccaṃ, kiṃ ojāyāti ce? Parissayaharaṇaṃ vatthussa kiccaṃ, pālanaṃ ojāyāti dassento āha ‘‘annapānādika’’ntiādi. Aggiṃ harati kammajanti kammajatejaṃ gaṇhāti. Antokucchiyañhi odanādivatthusmiṃ asati kammajatejo uṭṭhahitvā udarapaṭalasaṅkhātamupādinnarūpaṃ gaṇhāti, ‘‘chātomhi, āhāraṃ me dethā’’ti vadāpeti, bhuttakāle udarapaṭalaṃ muñcitvā anupādinnakavatthuṃ gaṇhāti, atha satto ekaggo hoti. Yathā hi chāyārakkhaso chāyāpaviṭṭhaṃ disvā gahetvā devasaṅkhalikāya bandhitvā attano bhavane modanto chātakāle āgantvā sīse daṃsati, so daṭṭhattā viravati, taṃ viravaṃ sutvā sace aññepi manussā āgacchanti, so āgatāgate gahetvā khāditvā sakabhavane modati , evaṃ yaṃ yaṃ annapānādikaṃ vatthu, taṃ taṃ kammajatejo gahetvā jīrāpetvā puna udarapaṭalaṃ gaṇhāti, tasmā annapānādikaṃ vatthu attano udarapaṭalaṃ paviṭṭhakāle upādinnakāyaṃ gahetvā ṭhitaṃ tato mocetvā attānaṃ gaṇhāpanavasena taṃ attano santikaṃ harati. Kevalanti ojāviyuttaṃ vatthu jīvitaṃ kammajabhūtaṃ taṃ pāletuṃ na sakkoti.
677 “汁液……消化”等:汁液能够维持生命,但不能承载业生之火,这是由于胃(未消化时)不饱满之故,此为意旨。以“支撑”为现起:即通过摄取食所生色(食素所生之色)以支撑此身体的方式而现起。“以身”即以此色身。“自己的状态”即自己的意图。“令了知”即令他人了知。“随取身”是指:对于正在动作的身体所呈现的颜色,在眼门速行之后生起的、称为决断执取(确定)的意门速行;通过随念这些速行,它们乃是那些(眼门速行)的无间,这就是其含义。因为在五门中,当色等所缘呈现时,依缘而生起善或不善的速行之后,落入有分;接着意门速行以同一所缘为对象而落入有分;再次于同一门中确定所缘后,速行落入有分。因此,在眼门速行之后生起的两个速行回合之后,以第三回合生起的意门速行路为所执取,以此作为工具,在第四回合的意门速行中,状态(意图)被了知。由此说明了表色一词的工具格含义。而通过“自己……”等,则说明了其业格含义。显示巴利原文
677.Ojā…pe… pācakanti ojā jīvitaṃ pāletuṃ sakkoti, kammajaṃ tejaṃ harituṃ na sakkoti āmāsayassa apuṇṇatoti adhippāyo. Upatthambhanapaccupaṭṭhānoti ojaṭṭhamakarūpaharaṇavaseneva imassa kāyassa upatthambhanavasena paccupaṭṭhāti. Kāyenāti rūpakāyena. Attano bhāvanti attano adhippāyaṃ. Viññāpentānanti paresaṃ saññāpentānaṃ. Kāyaggahaṇānusārenāti phandamānakāyagatavaṇṇassa gahaṇabhūtānaṃ cakkhudvārikajavanānantarappavattānaṃ nicchayaggahaṇasaṅkhātānaṃ manodvārikajavanānaṃ anussaraṇena tesaṃ anantaranti attho. Pañcadvāre hi rūpādiārammaṇe āpāthagate yathāpaccayaṃ kusalākusalajavane uppajjitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otiṇṇe manodvārikajavanaṃ tadevārammaṇaṃ katvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati, puna tasmiṃyeva dvāre visayaṃ vavatthāpetvā javanaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ otarati, tasmā cakkhudvārikajavanānantarappavattānaṃ dvinnaṃ javanavārānamanantaraṃ tatiyavāre pavattāya manodvārajavanavīthiyā eva gahitāya etāya karaṇabhūtāya catutthavāre manodvāre javaneneva bhāvo viññāyati. Etena viññatti-saddassa karaṇasādhanatā vuttā. Sayaṃ vātiādinā pana kammasādhanattamāha.
如此显示了‘表色’一词在两种施事(工具格与业格)中的可能性之后,现在为了显示与‘身’一词构成的持业释复合词,并说明‘身’这一名称在表色上的运用,而引述了‘以身防护’等经文。由于通过身体的动作而成为令知意图的原因,即:以正在动作的身体作为工具,成为令知意图的原因,因此‘以身表’也称为‘身表’,这是其关联。然而,此处的含义是:由于表色是身体动作的原因,所以执取那以身体动作为因的、称为身体动作的‘身’而了知意图;因此,表色被执取为令知意图的原因,所以说‘以身令知意图’。同样地,执取身体动作后,由于表色被执取为‘此中有其因’,并且表色自身也通过身而被了知,因此‘以身表’也称为‘身表’。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ viññatti-saddassa kārakadvaye sambhavaṃ dassetvā idāni kāya-saddena saha kammadhārayasamāsaṃ dassetuṃ, ‘‘kāyo’’ti vohārassa viññattiyampi ca pavattiṃ dassento ‘‘kāyenasaṃvaro’’tiādisuttamāha. Kāyavipphandanena adhippāyaviññāpanahetuttāti vipphandamānakāyena karaṇabhūtena adhippāyaviññāpanahetubhāvato kāyena viññattītipi kāyaviññattīti sambandho. Ayaṃ panettha attho – viññattiyā kāyavipphandanassa hetubhāvato taṃhetukaṃ kāyavipphandanasaṅkhātaṃ kāyaṃ gahetvā adhippāyajānanato viññatti adhippāyaviññāpanassa kāraṇabhāvena gayhatīti kāyena adhippāyaṃ viññāpetīti. Tathā kāyavipphandanaṃ gahetvā tassa kāraṇamettha atthīti viññattiyā gayhamānattā sayañca kāyena viññāyati, tasmā kāyena viññattītipi kāyaviññattīti.
678 “心生风界”指:由引发前进等动作之心所等起的风界。“形态变化”指:呈现为形相的变化。那么,这种形态变化属于谁呢?从能力上说,它属于风界增胜的心生四大种。那种能力是什么?是作为运动之因、作为心所生、作为所造色的特性。或者,一种从属于“心生风界”的形态变化。因为属格不仅着眼于与运动的关系,也着眼于与形态变化的关系。显示巴利原文
678.Cittajāniladhātuyāti abhikkamādipavattakacittasamuṭṭhānavāyodhātuyā. Ākāravikāratāti ākārabhūto vikāro. Kassa pana sā ākāravikāratāti? Sāmatthiyato vāyodhātuadhikānaṃ cittajamahābhūtānaṃ. Kiṃ taṃ sāmatthiyaṃ? Calanahetutā, cittajatā, upādāyarūpatā ca. Atha vā cittajāniladhātuyā ekā ākāravikāratāti sambandho. Na kevalañhi sāmivacanaṃ calanasambandhāpekkhāya eva, atha kho ākāravikārasambandhāpekkhāyapīti.
若如此,表色又如何是所造色呢?因为通过“心生风界”这一表述,形态变化即表色似乎只归属于风界,而根据“依于四大种的所造色”(《法集论》584)这一说法,并不存在只依于单一大种的所造色。这并无过失,因为四大的变化也可存于四大的任何一种之中,如同四人共有的财产。或者,此处以“风界”称说风界增胜的色聚,由于在该色聚中风界增胜,故如此称说,如同在构成元素中,由于地界增胜而称之为地界。因此,风界增胜的心生四大种的一种形态变化,即是身表,这并无任何矛盾。而且,其增胜应从能力上看,而非从数量上看。否则,它们(四大)不可分离的特性便不合理了。因为增胜是指依其增胜之力而与其他(大种)分离地生起。能力上的增胜则源于因缘的随顺。因为,因是那引发前进等动作的心,此心以造作运动的思为其自性,在由它等起的色聚中,随顺于它的风界自然具有增胜性。然而,若依“形态变化唯属风界”的执见,所造色性便难以成立。因为不能说一种(大种)的变化是四大的所造色。显示巴利原文
Yadi evaṃ, kathaṃ viññattiyā upādāyarūpattaṃ. ‘‘Cittajāniladhātuyā’’ti hi vacanena vāyodhātuyāva ākāravikāratā viññatti āpajjati, na ca ekabhūtanissitaṃ upādāyarūpaṃ nāma atthi ‘‘catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpa’’nti (dha. sa. 584) vacanatoti? Nāyaṃ doso, catunnaṃ vikāratā catūsu ekassapi hoti catusādhāraṇadhanaṃ viya. Aniladhātuadhikakalāpo vā idha ‘‘aniladhātū’’ti vuccati, tadadhike taṃvohārato yathā sambhāradhātuyā adhikabhāvena pathavīvohāro, tasmā vāyodhātuadhikānaṃ cittajamahābhūtānaṃ ekā ākāravikāratā kāyaviññattīti na koci virodho. Adhikatā cassā sāmatthiyato daṭṭhabbā, na pamāṇato. Itarathā hi tesaṃ avinibbhogavuttitā na yujjeyya. Adhikatā hi attano adhikavasena itarehi vinibbhogappavattito hoti. Sāmatthiyādhikañca kāraṇānukāritāya. Kāraṇañhi abhikkamādipavattakaṃ cittaṃ, taṃ calanādhippāyasabhāvaṃ tato samuṭṭhite kalāpe anukaronte vāyodhātuyā eva adhikattaṃ yuttanti. Keci pana ‘‘vāyodhātuyā eva ākāravikāratā’’ti gaṇhanti, tesaṃ matena upādārūpattaṃ durūpapannaṃ. Na hi ekassa vikāro catunnaṃ upādārūpanti sakkā vattuṃ.
那么,这种变化是怎样的呢?答曰:“是俱生色身运动之因”。其中,“俱生”指与自己同时生起的。因为时节生、心生、食生之色的运动,唯有依靠与心生色的关联才能发生,正如投入河中的干牛粪团等,其运动是依靠河水的流动一样。然而,就表色而言,唯有心生色的运动,故说“俱生”。“色”指色身。“运动”指处于僵硬、支撑、移动等称为运动的状态。因为僵硬等也因趋向运动而可称为运动。“因”指作为因、作为助缘。至此,说明了什么?它说明:所谓身表,既不是正在活动的色身,也不是正在活动的风界,而是如同举起大石头时,在用尽全力抓取的那一刻,身体所呈现的奋发变化一般;是作为色身活动的缘而获得的一种形态变化,这便称为身表。显示巴利原文
Kīdisī panāyaṃ vikāratāti āha ‘‘sahajātassa rūpassa calane hetū’’ti. Tattha sahajātassāti attanā sahajātassa. Yasmā utucittāhārajānaṃ calanaṃ cittajarūpasambandheneva hoti, nadīsotacalanena tattha pakkhittasukkhagomayapiṇḍādīnaṃ viya. Viññattivasena pana cittajānameva calanaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘sahajātassā’’ti. Rūpassāti rūpakāyassa. Calaneti santhambhanasandhāraṇacalanasaṅkhāte calitabhāve. Santhambhanādikampi hi calanābhimukhatāya calananti yujjati. Hetūti hetubhūtā sahakārīkāraṇabhūtā. Ettāvatā ca kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Kāyaviññatti nāma neva phandamānarūpakāyo, na ca phandamānā vāyodhātu, atha kho mahantaṃ pāsāṇaṃ ukkhipantassa sabbathāmena gahaṇakāle sarīrassa ussāhanavikāro viya rūpakāyassa paripphandanapaccayabhāvena labbhamāno eko ākāravikāro kāyaviññatti nāmāti vuttaṃ hoti.
难道不是在摇动的颜色等之外,尚有某种变化存在,并且在执取颜色之后才加以执取吗?如何能了知这一点呢?由执取意图而了知。因为在没有表色变化的事物中,如树摇动等,并不见有意图的执取;而在手摇动等之中,却可见到。因此,必须承认:除了摇动的颜色等之外,确实另有某种变化,即是传达意图者。而且,能令知的原因,只有在其自身被执取时,才能令人了知它所要显示的意义,并非仅仅因为存在便能了知。在执取了应知之色后,对变化的执取也是通过推论而成立的。正如他们所说:显示巴利原文
Nanu ca phandamānavaṇṇādivinimutto koci vikāro atthi, tassa vaṇṇaggahaṇānantaraṃ gahaṇaṃ hotīti kathametaṃ viññāyatīti? Adhippāyaggahaṇato. Na hi viññattivikārarahitesu rukkhacalanādīsu adhippāyaggahaṇaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, hatthacalanādīsu pana diṭṭhaṃ, tasmā phandamānavaṇṇādivinimutto koci vikāro atthi adhippāyassa viññāpakoti sampaṭicchitabbametaṃ ekantena. Ñāpako ca hetu sayaṃ gahitoyeva attano ñāpetabbamatthaṃ ñāpeti, na vijjamānamattenāti. Ñāpetabbavaṇṇaggahaṇānantaraṃ vikāraggahaṇampi anumānato siddhaṃ. Tathā hi vadanti –
声音既已进入所缘境,
却非义理的揭示者;
并非仅凭‘有情’的名相便能了知义理,
那些义理已被了知,他们只是揭示者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Visayattamanāpannā, Saddā nevatthabodhakā; Na sattāmattato atthe, Te aññātā pakāsakā’’ti.
如果仅仅把握变异就是把握意图的因,那么为何未了知约定的人不会产生对意图的把握?并非仅仅把握变异是把握意图的因,而应知:先前已成就的关联之把握,也是它的亲依止缘。譬如在林中水边,见到竖立放置的牛头等水相标帜后,紧跟着生起无有间断的意门速行路,把握了牛头等与水相连的形相识知相,从而了知‘这里有水’;同样地,把握了颤动的色相后,紧跟着生起无有间断的意门速行路,依于先前已把握的关联作为亲依止缘,便产生了对带有意图的变异之把握。显示巴利原文
Yadi vikāraggahaṇameva kāraṇamadhippāyaggahaṇassa, kasmā aggahitasaṅketānaṃ adhippāyaggahaṇaṃ na hotīti? Na kevalaṃ vikāraggahaṇameva adhippāyassa gahaṇassa kāraṇaṃ, atha kho purimasiddhasambandhaggahaṇañca imassa upanissayoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yathā hi araññe udakatitthe ussāpetvā ṭhapitagosīsādīni udakanimittāni disvā tadanantarappavattāya aviññāyamānantarāya manodvārajavanavīthiyā gosīsādīnaṃ udakasahacārīpakārasaññāṇākāraṃ gahetvā ‘‘udakamettha atthī’’ti jānanaṃ, evaṃ phandamānavaṇṇaṃ gahetvā tadanantappavattāya aviññāyamānantarāya manodvāravīthiyā purimaggahitasambandhūpanissayasahitāya sādhippāyavikāraggahaṇaṃ hotīti.
681-2 与俱生色移动相应、伴有表识变异的风界为因,这是合理的。为澄清‘难道一切风界都能移动俱生色吗’这一责难,故说‘然而得到支持后’等语。‘支持’即支撑,意为支撑缘。所谓‘一个转向路’,是指意门速行路,因为五门路没有表识令起的作用。‘由下方六心’:即在七个速行心中,由下方六个速行心所生的风界获得支持,如此连接。然而有些版本见到‘风界所生’的文句,便将‘支持’理解为依主释,解释为:得到由下方六心所生风界的支持。‘伴有表识’:即自身伴有表识,以令自身俱生的心生色于他处生起之因的方式使其移动,而非其他风界,这是它的含义。显示巴利原文
681-2. Sahajarūpacalanassa viññattivikārasahitāya vāyodhātuyā hetubhāvo yutto, kiṃ sabbā eva vāyodhātu sahajarūpaṃ cāletīti imaṃ codanaṃ sodhetuṃ ‘‘labhitvā panupatthambha’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Upatthambhetīti upatthambhaṃ, upatthambhakapaccayanti attho. Ekāvajjanavīthiyanti manodvārikajavanavīthiṃ sandhāyāha pañcadvārikavīthiyā viññattisamuṭṭhāpakattābhāvato. Heṭṭhāhi chahi ca cittehīti sattasu javanesu heṭṭhimehi chahi javanehi samuṭṭhitaṃ vāyodhātuṃ upatthambhaṃ labhitvāti sambandho. Keci pana potthakesu ‘‘vāyodhātusamuṭṭhita’’nti pāṭhaṃ disvā upatthambhanti bhāvasādhanavasena gahetvā heṭṭhā chahi cittehi uppannavāyodhātusamuṭṭhitaṃ upatthambhaṃ labhitvāti yojenti. Viññattisahitattanāti sayaṃ viññattisahitā attanā sahajātaṃ cittajarūpaṃ desantaruppattihetubhāvena calayati, na itarāti attho.
然而此处应知的意旨如下:犹如一辆由七轭牵引的车,仅第七轭所系的牛,得到下方六轭所系诸牛的支持,才能拉动车辆;而第一轭等所系的牛,仅作稳固与持载,成为它们的支持者。同样,由第七速行所生的风界,得到下方六个速行所生风界的支持,而移动心生色。由第一速行等所生的风界,仅作稳固与持载,成为它的支持者。而且,此处所谓移动,即于他处生起,因为诸法从生起之处连发尖之量也不移动;否则,诸法将无作用且不成其为刹那。那么,它如何成为俱生色于他处生起的因呢?应知:如同与自身俱生的色,从由下方速行等所生色所住立之处,于他处生起;同样,与它们一起于彼处生起,这就是它成为他处生起因的方式。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panetthādhippāyo – yathā nāma sattahi yugehi ākaḍḍhitabbasakaṭe sattamayugayuttā eva goṇā heṭṭhā chasu yugesu yuttagoṇehi laddhupatthambhā sakaṭaṃ cālenti, paṭhamayugādiyuttā pana santhambhanasandhāraṇamattameva sādhentā tesaṃ upatthambhakā honti, evamevaṃ sattamajavanasamuṭṭhitā vāyodhātu heṭṭhā chahi javanehi samuṭṭhitavāyodhātuto laddhupatthambhā cittajarūpaṃ cāleti. Paṭhamajavanādisamuṭṭhitā pana santhambhanasandhāraṇamattaṃ sādhentā tassa upatthambhakā honti, desantaruppattiyeva cettha calanaṃ uppannadesato kesaggamattampi dhammānaṃ calanābhāvato, itarathā dhammānaṃ abyāpāratā, khaṇikatā ca na siyā. Kathaṃ panassa sahajarūpānaṃ desantaruppattiyā hetubhāvoti? Yathā attanā sahajarūpāni heṭṭhimajavanādisamuṭṭhitarūpehi patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānato aññattha uppajjanti, evaṃ tehi saha tattha uppattiyevassa desantaruppattihetubhāvoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
那么,由于在把握颤动色相之后,进而说到表识的把握,又特别以‘伴有表识’来限定第七速行所生的风界,是否唯独伴有移动行相的风界才伴有变异呢?并非如此。因为即使不能以令他处生起之因的方式使其移动,但通过完成稳固与持载,由第一速行等所生的风界也伴有表识变异。因为,当想要朝向某个方位而发起前进等动作时,便有朝向该方位的变异产生。这种与意图俱起的变异,便称为表识。正因如此,世尊说:‘什么是那种色,即身表?即善心……乃至……无记心……或前进……乃至……或伸展时,彼身的稳固、持载、稳固性,即是表识、令知、令知性。这就是那种色,即身表。’(《法集论》720)稳固与持载的缘相也被称为身表。如此,意门转向也具有表识令起的作用,此说便十分合理。显示巴利原文
Atha phandamānavaṇṇaggahaṇānantaraṃ viññattiggahaṇassa vuttattā viññattisahitāti sattamajavanasamuṭṭhitāya eva ca visesitattā calanākārasahitāyeva vāyodhātu vikārasahitāti? Nayidamevaṃ desantaruppattihetubhāvena calayitumasakkontiyopi santhambhanasandhāraṇamattakaraṇena paṭhamajavanādisamuṭṭhānavāyodhātuyopi viññattivikārasahitā eva. Yena disābhāgena gantvā abhikkamādīni pavattetukāmo tadabhimukhabhāvavikārasambhavato. Adhippāyasahabhāvinañhi vikāraṃ viññattimācikkhanti. Teneva hi bhagavatā ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ kāyaviññatti? Yā kusalacittassa vā…pe… abyākatacittassa vā abhikkamantassa vā…pe… pasārentassa vā kāyassa thambhanā santhambhanā santhambhitattaṃ viññatti viññāpanā viññāpitattaṃ. Idaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ kāyaviññattī’’ti (dha. sa. 720) santhambhanasandhāraṇānampi paccayabhāvākāro kāyaviññattīti vutto. Evañca katvā manodvārāvajjanassāpi viññattisamuṭṭhāpakatāvacanaṃ suṭṭhu upapannaṃ hoti.
683-4 由心生起的地界,在执受色的撞击中作为缘,所呈现的形相变异,应知即是语表。这是其连接。其中,“由心生起”,即由发起语表的心等起。“执受色的撞击”,即对称为执受聚的、文字生起之处的、名为撞击的作用的撞击,这是它的意思。“缘”,即它的俱生因。“一种形相变异”,即从被撞击的执受色与能撞击的地界所别出的、地界之执受撞击缘自性的一种特殊形相变异,这是它的意思。“地界”是属格,应依身表中所说“观待二者关联”等方式理解。然而此处有一差别:如同在那里,把握了颤动色相之后即被把握;同样,在此处,应知是在听到所闻之声后(即被把握)。而且,由于没有稳固等,声音与撞击一同生起,因此得不到“然而得到支持后”等方式。因为撞击在第一速行等中也可得到。故说“随声”。那么,撞击与移动有何差别呢?撞击是由于特殊的缘,诸大种聚彼此更近地生起;移动则是即使一个聚也于他处生起的相续。这就是它们的差别。此处牛头等的譬喻,应随宜配合。“有声”,即那伴有声音的表识。“释迦族之月”,即以其照亮极清净虚空之释迦王族的意义,而成为其月轮者。显示巴利原文
683-4. Cittajātāya pathavīdhātuyā upādinnakaghaṭṭane paccayo yo ākāravikāro, ayaṃ vacīviññatti viññeyyāti sambandho. Tattha cittajātāyāti vacībhedappavattakacittasamuṭṭhānāya . Upādinnakaghaṭṭaneti upādinnakakalāpasaṅkhātassa akkharuppattiṭṭhānassa ghaṭṭanasaññite kicce ghaṭṭanassāti attho. Paccayoti tassa sahakārīkāraṇabhūto. Eko ākāravikāroti ghaṭṭiyamānaupādinnarūpato, ghaṭṭanti yā pathavīdhātuto ca vinivaṭṭo pathavīdhātuyā upādinnaghaṭṭanapaccayasabhāvarūpo eko ākāravikāravisesoti attho. Pathavidhātuyāti sāmivacanaṃ ‘‘ubhayasambandhāpekkha’’ntiādi kāyaviññattiyaṃ vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – yathā tattha phandamānavaṇṇaggahaṇānantaraṃ gayhati, evamidha suyyamānasaddasavanānantaranti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Idañca santhambhanādīnaṃ abhāvena ghaṭṭanena saddhiṃyeva saddassa uppajjanato ‘‘labhitvā panupatthambha’’ntiādinayo na labbhati. Ghaṭṭanañhi paṭhamajavanādīsupi labbhateva. Tenāha ‘‘saddavasā’’ti. Atha ghaṭṭanacalanānaṃ ko visesoti? Ghaṭṭanaṃ paccayavisesena bhūtakalāpānaṃ aññamaññaṃ āsannataruppādatā, calanaṃ ekassāpi desantaruppādanaparamparatāti ayametesaṃ viseso. Gosīsādiupamāpettha yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbā. Sāvāti sā eva sahasaddā viññatti. Sakyakulindunāti suparisuddhagaganatalassa sakkarājakulassa avabhāsakaṭṭhena tassa nisākarabhūtena. Atha vā indati paramissariyaṃ karotīti indu. Indu-saddassa uttamavācakattā sakkakuluttamenāti attho.
685 首先,关于表色,若问:“声音是心生的,但非表色,对吗?”为了说明“并非如此”,而说“声音非心所生”等。所谓“表色撞击”,是指以表色为缘的地界之撞击。以“由诸界撞击故”等语,来成立前面所说的义理。意思是:因为声音正是由诸界撞击而生,离此则不能生。以此,驳斥了那些人的主张——他们说:“‘寻的波动之声非耳识所了知’,因为《大注释》中这样说,所以心等起的寻的波动之声,即使没有表色也能生起。由于‘由彼语而有表、有令了知’(《法集论》636)这样的说法,因此非耳识所了知的声与表色不会一起生起,所以也存在心生的声九法聚。”因为,那些认为“《大注释》的说法也是指声音,而非耳识所了知,这是矛盾的”的结集者,已经驳斥了它。然而,阿难陀阿阇梨并未驳斥《大注释》的说法,而是解释了其中的意趣。如何解释呢?他说:“在经中与《发趣论》中,是就粗显的声音而说其为耳识的所缘缘,而‘以天耳听闻由寻等起、与表色俱生的舌、腭等动作所生的微细声音而作告知’——以此意趣,而说寻的波动之声非耳识所了知。”显示巴利原文
685. Atha viññatti tāva sahasaddāva, saddo pana cittajo aviññattiko atthīti ce? Natthīti dassento āha ‘‘saddo na cittajo’’tiādi. Viññattighaṭṭananti viññattipaccayaṃ pathavīdhātuyā ghaṭṭanaṃ. Dhātusaṅghaṭṭanenevātiādinā vuttamevatthaṃ samattheti. Yasmā dhātusaṅghaṭṭaneneva saddo jāyati, na tena vinā, tasmāti attho. Anena ca ye vadanti ‘‘vitakkavipphārasaddo na sotaviññeyyoti mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā cittasamuṭṭhāno vitakkavipphārasaddo viññattiyā vināpi uppajjati. ‘Yā tāya vācāya viññatti viññāpanā’ti (dha. sa. 636) hi vacanato asotaviññeyyena saddena saha viññatti na uppajjati, tatova cittajopi saddanavako atthī’’ti, tesaṃ vādaṃ paṭikkhipati. Mahāaṭṭhakathāvādopi hi saddova hoti, na sotaviññeyyoti viruddhametanti maññamānehi saṅgahakārehi paṭikkhittova. Ānandācariyo pana mahāaṭṭhakathāvādaṃ appaṭikkhipitvāva tattha adhippāyaṃ vaṇṇeti. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Jivhātālucalanādikaravitakkasamuṭṭhitaṃ viññattisahajameva sukhumasaddaṃ dibbasotena sutvā ādisatī’’ti sutte, paṭṭhāne ca oḷārikaṃ saddaṃ sandhāya sotaviññāṇassa ārammaṇapaccayabhāvo vuttoti iminā adhippāyena vitakkavipphārasaddassa asotaviññeyyatā vuttāti.
686-7 “令了知”,是指以语声为因,令他人了知自己的意图。“自身可了知”,是指依循执取,或以语声为因,自身可被了知。关于“它”(即表色之声)的“生起”,有“能表者”与“所表者”两种作者:即“能令了知者为表色,被了知者为表色”,如此,在因格或业格中,它的生起、产生,这就是意思。那么,这二表色是心等起的,还是业等等起的呢?因此说“二表色非……”等。如同八种色法一样:意思是,如同各自色聚中所含的八种色法一样。因为二表色被一起论说,而身表俱生色聚中没有声音,所以,即使语表色聚中有声音,也舍弃它而只说“八种”。显示巴利原文
686-7.Viññāpanatoti vacīghosena adhippāyaviññāpanahetuttā. Sayaṃ viññeyyatoti gahaṇānusārena vacīghosena vā hetunā sayaṃ viññeyyattā. Tassāti viññattisaddassa. Sambhavo kārakadvayeti viññāpayatīti viññatti, viññāyatīti viññattīti evaṃ hetumhi, kammani vā tassa sambhavo nibbatti hotīti attho. Kiṃ panetaṃ viññattidvayaṃ cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ, udāhu kammādisamuṭṭhānanti āha ‘‘na viññattidvaya’’ntiādi. Aṭṭha rūpāni viyāti sakasakakalāpagataaṭṭharūpāni viya, viññattidvayassa ekato vuccamānattā kāyaviññattisahajakalāpe saddo na labbhatīti vacīviññattikalāpe labbhamānampi taṃ hitvā ‘‘aṭṭha’’icceva vuttaṃ.
通过把握如上所述(身表)的变化,了知具足该表色者的意图──“此人想要做这个”,因此说“其作用为显示意图”。由于作为身色变动之因的风界的变化,它以身色变动的因性为现起,故说“以身……为现起”。因风界的作用较为殊胜,故说“其足处为心等起风界”。所谓“以语声的因性为现起”,即依前述之理,以称为语声的心生声音的因性为现起。显示巴利原文
Yathāvuttavikāraggahaṇamukhena ‘‘ayaṃ idaṃ nāma kātukāmo’’ti taṃsamaṅgino adhippāyo viññāyatīti āha ‘‘adhippāyappakāsanarasā’’ti. Kāyavipphandanahetubhūtāya vāyodhātuyā vikārattā tassā kāyavipphandanassa hetubhāvākārena paccupaṭṭhānanti vuttaṃ ‘‘kāya…pe… paccupaṭṭhānā’’ti. Vāyodhātuyā kiccādhikatāya āha ‘‘cittasamuṭṭhānavāyodhātupadaṭṭhānā’’ti. Vacīghosassa hetubhāvapaccupaṭṭhānāti vuttanayeneva vacīghosasaṅkhātassa cittajasaddassa hetubhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā.
然而,有些人在这里说:“既然说‘以撞击为缘’,那么声音是在撞击之后才生起的,因此,心等起的地界只是造作所执受的撞击本身;在撞击的刹那,由时节等起的声音才生起,而那个声音由于以心为缘,辗转地被称为‘心等起’。”按他们的见解,纯粹心生的声音便不存在了。因此,不应如此理解,而应这样把握:如同烧水时,声音就在水的内部生起一样,当执受中发生撞击时,与心等起地界的生起同时,就在那个色聚中,作为第九种法,内在的、由(地界)所造的声音便生起了。因此,心等起的声音也是依于语表而生起的;而弹指等声音,由于没有语表,只是以心为缘的时节等起而已。显示巴利原文
Keci panettha ‘‘ghaṭṭane paccayoti vuttattā ghaṭṭanānantaraṃ saddassa uppatti hotīti gahetvā cittasamuṭṭhānapathavīdhātu upādinnaghaṭṭanamattaṃ karoti, ghaṭṭitakkhaṇe utusamuṭṭhānova saddo uppajjati, so pana cittapaccayattā pariyāyena cittasamuṭṭhānoti vuccatī’’ti vadanti. Tesaṃ matena cittajasaddoyeva na labbhati, tasmā evaṃ aggahetvā udakatāpanakāle antoudakeyeva uppajjanakasaddo viya upādinne ghaṭṭetvā uppajjamānacittasamuṭṭhānapathavīdhātuyā uppattisamakālameva tasmiṃ kalāpe navamaṃ hutvā antoyeva bhūtikasaddo uppajjatīti gahetabbaṃ, tasmā cittasamuṭṭhānasaddopi vacīviññattivaseneva uppajjati, accharāpaharaṇādisaddo pana vacīviññattiyā abhāvato cittapaccayautusamuṭṭhānoyevāti.
688 因为无有可被割裂的实体,所以不能割、不能切,这是“非割”(akāsa),它本身就是“虚空”(ākāsa),因此说“不能割故,为虚空”。那么,它是什么呢?回答说:“是诸色法的空隙”,意思是耳孔等色法之间的空隙。以此说明了“无碍虚空”。而“凡……者,为(色法的)分界”,以此说明了这里所指的虚空,而那个虚空是依惯用语而被称为“虚空”的。显示巴利原文
688. Viggahābhāvato na kassati, kasituṃ chindituṃ na sakkotīti akāso, soyeva ākāsoti āha ‘‘na kassatīti ākāso’’ti, ko panesoti āha ‘‘rūpānaṃ vivaro’’ti, kaṇṇacchiddādirūpānaṃ antaranti attho. Anena ajaṭākāsamāha. Yo…pe… paricchedoti pana iminā idhādhippetamākāsaṃ, so pana ruḷhīvasena ākāsoti pavuccati.
它划分诸色法,或被诸色法所划分,或仅为诸色法的分界,故称“色之分界”;以此为特相,故说“以色之分界为特相”。因为它就像是在划分各个色聚一样,因此说“其作用是显示色法的边际”。“这是诸色法的下边际,这是上边际”——即如此令了知的作用,这便是它的功能。从义理上说,由于它仅作为诸色法的分界而被执取,所以说“以色法的界限为现起”。这里有人问:“那么,此虚空界在分界色法时,是从四等起色聚来分界,还是从一等起多个色聚来分界,还是从一一等起一一色聚来分界,还是从一一色法来分界呢?”应知是从一一等起一一色聚来分界的。显示巴利原文
Rūpāni paricchindati, sayaṃ vā tehi paricchijjati, tesaṃ vā paricchedamattanti rūpaparicchedo, taṃ lakkhaṇametassāti rūpaparicchedalakkhaṇo. Ayañhi taṃ taṃ rūpakalāpaṃ paricchindanto viya hoti. Tenāha ‘‘rūpapariyantappakāsanaraso’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ rūpānaṃ heṭṭhimo pariyanto, ayaṃ uparimo’’ti evaṃ vibhāvanakiccoti attho. Atthato pana yasmā rūpānaṃ paricchedamattaṃ hutvā gayhati, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘rūpamariyādapaccupaṭṭhāno’’ti. Etthāha – kiṃ panesa rūpe paricchindanto catusamuṭṭhānakalāpato paricchindati, atha ekasamuṭṭhānabahukalāpato, udāhu ekekasamuṭṭhānaekekakalāpato, ekekarūpato vāti? Ekekasamuṭṭhānaekekakalāpatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
因为,如果它从四等起色聚或一等起多个色聚来分界,那么,它要么会以“触”的现起来分界,要么会导致不同色聚中的色法也像同一色聚中的色法一样,成为不可分离的状态。或者,如果它从一一色法来分界,那么,同一色聚中的色法也会像不同色聚中的色法一样,成为互相分离的状态。但这两种结果都非所愿,因此应知,它是从一一等起一一色聚来分界的。显示巴利原文
Yadi hi catusamuṭṭhānakalāpato, ekasamuṭṭhānabahukalāpato vā paricchindati, evaṃ sati samphuṭṭhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno vā paricchindeyya, ekakalāpagatarūpānaṃ viya nānākalāpagatarūpānampi avinibbhogavuttitā vā āpajjeyya. Atha vā ekekarūpato paricchindati, evaṃ sati ekekakalāpagatarūpānampi nānākalāpagatarūpānaṃ viya aññamaññavinibbhogavuttitāpasaṅgo siyā, ubhayampi panetaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ, tasmā ekekasamuṭṭhānaekekakalāpato paricchindatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
所谓“以未触状态与孔隙虚空状态而现起”,意思是“以未触状态而现起”或“以孔隙虚空状态而现起”。其中,在某色聚中诸大种有界限划分,正因它们以未触状态而现起,故说“以未触状态而现起”。虽然不同色聚之间的诸大种确实相互接触,并且以单一坚实团块的状态生起,然而在法上,它们彼此是分离、不混杂的。它们彼此间的分离、不混杂,即是界限划分。如同被其他大种隔开一般,它们彼此是不相触的;倘若不是这样,由于诸大种会达到相互遍满的状态,它们便不可能有被划分的界限。因为不相互遍满即是未触。因此,世尊在解释此义时说:“不接触四大种”。显示巴利原文
Asamphuṭṭhabhāvachiddavivarabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno vāti asamphuṭṭhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno vā chiddavivarabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno vāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha yasmiṃ kalāpe bhūtānaṃ paricchedo, teheva asamphuṭṭhabhāvena paccupaṭṭhānato asamphuṭṭhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno. Kiñcāpi hi kalāpantarabhūtā kalāpantarabhūtehi samphuṭṭhāva ekaghanapiṇḍabhāvena pavattattā, tathāpi dhammato aññamaññaṃ vivittattā asaṃkiṇṇā eva. Tesaṃ yā vivittatā aññamaññaṃ asaṃkiṇṇatā, ayaṃ paricchedo. Bhūtantarehi viya tehi so asamphuṭṭhova, itarathā paricchinnatā na siyā tesaṃ bhūtānaṃ byāpibhāvāpattito. Abyāpibhāvo hi asamphuṭṭhatā. Tenāha bhagavā imassa niddese ‘‘asamphuṭṭhaṃ catūhi mahābhūtehī’’ti (dha. sa. 637).
又或者说,由于聚与聚之间的大种以彼此不混杂的方式现起,因此说“以不触状态而现起”;由于以耳孔、口腔空隙等方式现起孔隙虚空状态,因此说“以孔隙虚空状态而现起”。因为只有在色法被区划时,才有孔隙虚空状态。对哪些色法作区划,便即于该处、以它们被区划的状态而得,因此说“以被区划之色为所缘”。显示巴利原文
Atha vā kalāpantarabhūtānaṃ aññamaññaṃ asaṃkiṇṇabhāvena paccupaṭṭhānato asamphuṭṭhatāpaccupaṭṭhānabhāvo vutto, kaṇṇacchiddamukhavivarādivasena chiddavivarabhāvassa paccupaṭṭhānato chiddavivarabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānatā vuttā. Rūpaparicchede hi sati chiddavivarabhāvo hoti. Yesaṃ rūpānaṃ paricchedo, tattheva tesaṃ paricchedabhāvena labbhatīti vuttaṃ ‘‘paricchinnarūpapadaṭṭhāno’’ti.
689-91 689-691.“色的轻性等三者的解释”:当讲到色的轻性、色的软性、色的适业性这三者的解释时,其意是指此而言。“如下文所说之法”,即如同在非色的轻性等之中所说“身之轻快状态为身轻性”等那样,依循此说,以关联于色的方式,应知色的变化也是“色之轻快状态为轻性”等。色的轻快状态为轻性,它以色的重状态为寂静相,以破除重状态为味,以无迟缓为现起,以轻色为所缘。色的柔软状态为软性,它以色的僵硬状态为寂静相,以破除僵硬状态为味,以于一切作用无违逆为现起,以软色为所缘。色的适业状态为适业性,它以色的不适业状态为寂静相,以破除不适业状态为味,以于身体作用随顺为现起,以适业色为所缘。此中义理,应依我等在各处所说之理而了知。为了显示这三者是色的变化状态,故称为“色之变化”,所以说“三者……乃至……分别说明”。显示巴利原文
689-91.Rūpassalahutādittayaniddeseti rūpassalahutā rūpassamudutā rūpassakammaññatāti imassa rūpalahutādittayassa niddese sampatte idaṃ vuccatīti adhippāyo. Heṭṭhā vuttanayenevāti arūpassa lahutādīsu ‘‘kāyalahubhāvo kāyalahutā’’tiādinā vuttanayānusāreneva ‘‘rūpassa lahubhāvo lahutā’’tiādinā rūpasambandhībhāvena rūpavikārāpi viññātabbā. Rūpassa lahubhāvo lahutā, sā rūpassa garubhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, garubhāvanimmaddanarasā, adandhatāpaccupaṭṭhānā, lahurūpapadaṭṭhānā. Rūpassa mudubhāvo mudutā, sā rūpassa thaddhabhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, thaddhabhāvanimmaddanarasā, sabbakiriyāsu avirodhitāpaccupaṭṭhānā, mudurūpapadaṭṭhānā. Rūpassa kammaññabhāvo kammaññatā, sā rūpassa akammaññabhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, akammaññabhāvanimmaddanarasā, sarīrakiriyāsu anukūlabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, kammaññarūpapadaṭṭhānāti. Attho panettha tattha tattha amhehi vuttānusārena veditabbo. Imā pana tisso rūpānaṃ vikārabhāvato ‘‘rūpavikārā’’ti vuccantīti dassetuṃ ‘‘tisso…pe… vibhāvinā’’ti vuttaṃ.
应知它们依次是:由对治令色迟缓的界动乱之对治缘所生;由对治令色僵硬的界动乱之对治缘所生;由对治令色于身体作用中不随顺的界动乱之对治缘所生。其中,“界动乱”即风、胆、痰的紊乱,或味等界的变异状态。这虽是分二种而说,但依义应视为只是地界等的变异。对治缘即是适宜的时节、食物与离散之心。然而,这是依它们各自变异的特殊情况而说;就一般而论,则同为(轻性、软性、适业性)三者的缘,因为这三者何时都不相舍弃。但是,不相舍弃者其差别难以分辨,为显示此差别,故说“这些”等。衔接如下:即是通过譬喻。轻性以无病者作为譬喻,软性以揉熟的皮革作为譬喻,适业性以炼净的黄金作为譬喻。显示巴利原文
Yathākkamaṃ panetā rūpassa dandhattakaradhātukkhobhapaṭipakkhapaccayasamuṭṭhānā, thaddhattakaradhātukkhobhapaṭipakkhapaccayasamuṭṭhānā, rūpānaṃ sarīrakiriyāsu ananukūlabhāvakaradhātukkhobhapaṭipakkhapaccayasamuṭṭhānāti veditabbaṃ. Tattha dhātukkhobhoti vātapittasemhapakopo, rasādidhātūnaṃ vā vikārāvatthā, dvidhā vuttāpi atthato pathavīdhātuādīnaṃyeva vikāroti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Paṭipakkhapaccayā sappāyautuāhārāvikkhittacittatā, sā ca taṃtaṃvikārassa visesapaccayabhāvato vuttā, avisesena pana sabbesaṃ paccayā, tathā hi te kadācipi aññamaññaṃ na vijahanti. Tathā avijahantānaṃ pana dubbijānīyaṃ nānattanti taṃpakāsanatthaṃ ‘‘etāsa’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Kamatova nidassananti sambandho. Lahutāya hi arogī nidassanaṃ, mudutāya madditacammaṃ, kammaññatāya sudhantasuvaṇṇaṃ.
在此,先以无病者作譬喻,自是恰当,因为其色法相续为根所摄;但揉熟的皮革与炼净的黄金,又如何能作譬喻呢?非根所摄的色法相续中,由于没有对治界扰乱的缘,轻性等便不能生起,不是吗?确实如此。这只是以类似之色来显示软性与适业性的相貌,并非在那些事物中有此处所指的软性与适业性的自性。那么,棉絮等中怎会有轻性等呢?于究竟意义上,彼处并无轻性等;但因无重性等,故得轻性等之假名。显示巴利原文
Nanu cettha arogino tāva nidassanaṃ yuttaṃ tassa indriyabaddhasantānattā, suparimadditacammasudhantasuvaṇṇānaṃ pana kathaṃ. Na hi anindriyabaddharūpasantāne lahutādīni sambhavanti tathā dhātukkhobhapaṭipakkhapaccayābhāvato? Saccaṃ, mudukammaññasadisarūpanidassanamattametaṃ, na pana tattha idhādhippetamudutākammaññatāsabhāvato. Yadi evaṃ, kathaṃ tūlapicuādīsu lahubhāvādikanti? Na tattha paramatthato lahubhāvādikaṃ atthi, garubhāvādihetūnaṃ pana abhāvato tattha lahubhāvādivohāro.
它不能完全去除它们(重性等),因为要观待现在的缘;否则,轻性等必须一切时都存在。“无迟缓性为相”,即无重性为相。它的作用是去除、驱逐、遣散重性,故为“破除重性之味”。虽然它不能去除诸色的重性,但由于对治重色的无迟缓色之变异,如“生令其生”等,依方便说名为去除重性。因为当它存在时,所生之色确实只是无重性而已。于软性与适业性中亦是此理。然而,心所的轻性等,是以破坏各自对立的各不善法之方式而转起,因其仅为变异之状态,故应知它们的作用是决定(无方便的)。以“轻快转起为现起”,即无迟缓的无病之人一次又一次地行走,如轻快转起一般而现起,此为其义。何种色有轻性,即于该处以变异状态而得,故为“以轻色为所缘”。其余二者亦同。“不僵硬性”即不坚硬性。以自身的软性于一切作用不违逆而现起,故为“无违逆现起”。因为软于任何处皆不违逆。于三处中,a-词头(前缀)具有对立之义。有人说:轻性等是迟缓性等之对治缘所生。另有人说:它排除有情。被称为身体作用随顺的适业状态是它的相,故为“身体作用随顺适业性之相”。“不适业即衰弱”,故适业性被说为“无衰弱状态之现起”。显示巴利原文
Kammaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti ekantena tāsaṃ paccuppannapaccayāpekkhattā, itarathā sabbadābhāvinīhi lahutādīhi bhavitabbaṃ siyāti. Adandhatālakkhaṇāti agarubhāvalakkhaṇā. Garubhāvassa vinodanaṃ khipanaṃ apanayanaṃ kiccametissāti garubhāvavinodanarasā. Kiñcāpi hi ayaṃ rūpānaṃ garubhāvaṃ vinodetuṃ na sakkoti, garurūpapaṭipakkhānaṃ pana adandharūpānaṃ vikārattā ‘‘jāti naṃ uppādetī’’tiādīsu viya pariyāyena garubhāvaṃ vinodeti nāma. Tassañhi vijjamānāyaṃ uppannarūpānaṃ agarubhāvoyevāti. Esa nayo mudutākammaññatāsu. Cetasikalahutādayo pana attano attano paccanīkānaṃ taṃtaṃakusaladhammānaṃ viddhaṃsakabhāvena pavattantīti vikāramattabhāvato nippariyāyeneva tāsaṃ taṃkiccatā labbhatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Lahuparivattitapaccupaṭṭhānāti adandhassa arogīpurisassa aparāparaṃ saṅkanti parivattanaṃ viya adandhaparivattanaṃ hutvā paccupaṭṭhānāti attho. Yassa rūpassa lahutā, tattheva vikārabhāvena upalabbhanato lahurūpapadaṭṭhānā. Evamitarāsupi. Athaddhatāti akathinatā. Attano mudubhāveneva sabbakiriyāsu aviruddhā hutvā paccupaṭṭhātīti avirodhitāpaccupaṭṭhānā. Mudu hi katthaci na virujjhati. Tīsupi ṭhānesu paṭipakkhatthe a-kāro. Dandhatādihetūnaṃ paṭipakkhasamuṭṭhānattā lahutādīnanti keci. Apare pana sattāpaṭisedheti vadanti. Sarīrena kattabbakiriyānaṃ anukūlatāsaṅkhāto kammaññabhāvo lakkhaṇametissāti sarīrakiriyānukūlakammaññabhāvalakkhaṇā. Akammaññaṃ dubbalaṃ nāma hotīti kammaññatā adubbalabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā vuttā.
692 在“色法的积集”等句中,所谓“积集”,是指已完成色的最初增长,即依缘而从各处聚集而来的增长,或者说,被称为积集的色的最初生起与增长,在总说中被说为“upacaya(积集)”,如同在“upaññattaṃ upasittaṃ”等句中,前缀“upa-”显示最初与后续之义。然而,那些同样的色法以相续的方式、以相续之力而转起,这被称为“相续”。因为在结生刹那,色的生起等具有最初增长的性质,故称为“积集”;此后直到第十七个心生起,由于具有增长的性质,故称为“积集”。因为那时色法只有由业、心、时节所生的增长,而无减损。或者,直到由食生起的色生起,或眼等生起为止,称为“积集”;此后直到死时为止,称为“相续”。如此作了说明后——显示巴利原文
692.Rūpānamācayo yotiādīsu yo nipphannarūpānaṃ ādito cayo, yathāpaccayaṃ tato tato āgatassa viya cayoti vā ācayasaṅkhāto rūpānaṃ paṭhamuppādo vaḍḍhi ca, so upacayoti uddese vutto ‘‘upaññattaṃ upasitta’’ntiādīsu viya upa-saddassa paṭhamūpariatthadassanato. Yā pana tesaṃyeva rūpānaṃ anuppabandhatā anuppabandhavasena pavatti, sā santatīti pavuccati. Paṭisandhikkhaṇe hi rūpuppattiādicayabhāvato ācayo nāma, tato paraṃ yāva sattarasamacittuppādā vaḍḍhibhāvato upacayo nāma. Tadā hi rūpassa kammacittautūhi cayoyeva, na hāni. Atha vā yāva āhārasamuṭṭhāna rūpuppādo, cakkhādiuppādo vā, tāva upacayo nāma, tato paraṃ pana cutipariyosānaṃ santati nāma. Evañca katvā –
“诸处之积集,即是色之积集;色之积集,即是色之相续。”(《法集论》641-642)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yo āyatanānaṃ ācayo, so rūpassa upacayo. Yo rūpassa upacayo, sā rūpassa santatī’’ti (dha. sa. 641-642) –
为了阐明积集与相续在意义上并无差别,注释书故而引述此段经句:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ upacayasantatīnaṃ atthato nānattābhāvadīpanatthaṃ vuttāya pāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ –
先述“积集名为生起,积集名为增长,相续名为转起”,继而言:“如于河岸所掘之井,水涌出时,如积集之生起;水盈满时,如积集之增长;水漫溢而流时,如相续之转起。”(《法集论注》641;《清净道论》2.444)显示巴利原文
‘‘Ācayo nāma nibbatti, upacayo nāma vaḍḍhi, santati nāma pavattī’’ti vatvā ‘‘nadītīre khatakūpasmiñhi udakuggamanakālo viya ācayo nibbatti, paripuṇṇakālo viya upacayo vaḍḍhi, ajjhottharitvā gamanakālo viya santati pavattī’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 641; visuddhi. 2.444) –
此处以比喻说明。而“色法的积集”一句,以复数形式表述,其意为:“生起”是正在生起的诸色法的变化。当有变化时,由于变化本身与具有此变化的法体相异,即便在同一刹那,众多正在生起的色法,其生起的变化也是各自各别的,并非一个聚合体的生起变化,此义已明。而且,不仅色法的生起如此,非色法的生起、色与非色法的老与无常,以及色的轻快性、柔软性、适业性,亦应如是理解。显示巴利原文
Upamā vuttā. ‘‘Rūpānamācayo’’ti cettha bahuvacananiddesena uppādo nāma uppajjamānānaṃ vikāro. Vikāratte ca sati attano vikāravantadhammabhedabhinnattā ekakkhaṇepi uppajjamānānaṃ bahūnampi rūpānaṃ visuṃ visuṃyeva uppādavikārabhāvo, na piṇḍassevāti dīpitaṃ hoti. Na kevalañca rūpānameva uppatti īdisī, atha kho arūpadhammānampi uppādo rūpārūpadhammānaṃ jaratā, aniccatā, rūpassa lahumudukammaññatā cāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
693 “jātirūpaṃ”(生色)在注释书中被解释为:因为两者都具有色生起的本质。若如是,为何要分别解说呢?因为世尊正是如此教导的。为何世尊如此教导呢?回答说:“因为所说的行相差别”等。行相差别在下文中已作阐明。字的初次生起是积集,反复生起是相续。如此,三种所生起的色也应这样理解,他们以此说明这些的行相差别。或者,随顺所化众生的根性而说:据说当时听众心中生起这样的想法:“这个‘生’是一切法的根源,而它自身却不从任何处所生起,如同自性论者的自性一般。”为了破除他们的邪执,并显示:“所谓‘生’并非其他,只是依积集与相续而安立的色生起本身被如此称呼而已,而这个生起,对生起者而言,只是依于缘而获得‘已生’的同义语。”因此,导师们将之分为积集与相续两部分来教导。显示巴利原文
693.Jātirūpanti dīpitaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu ubhayassapi rūpuppādasabhāvattāti adhippāyo. Yadi evaṃ, kasmā vibhajja vuttaṃ? Bhagavatā tatheva desitattā. Bhagavatāpi kasmā tathā desitanti āha ‘‘vuttamākāranānattā’’tiādi. Ākāranānattaṃ heṭṭhā vibhāvitameva. Akkharassa paṭhamuppatti upacayo, punappunaṃ uppatti santati. Evaṃ tisamuṭṭhānarūpānampi daṭṭhabbanti evaṃ tesaṃ ākāranānattaṃ vaṇṇenti. Veneyyānaṃ vasena vāti tadā kira sotūnaṃ evaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ, ayaṃ jāti sabbesaṃ dhammānaṃ pabhavo, sayaṃ pana na kutoci jāyati, yathā taṃ ‘‘pakativādīnaṃ pakatī’’ti. Tesaṃ micchāgāhaṃ vidhamento ‘‘jāti nāma na aññā, upacayasantativasena ṭhitā rūpuppattiyeva pana tathā vuccati, sā ca yassa uppādo , tassa paccayeheva jātapariyāyaṃ labbhatī’’ti dassanatthaṃ upacayo santatīti dvidhā bhinditvā desetīti ācariyā.
“从过去分”即从过去的部分,其意为“从未来存在的状态”。当色法正在生起时,生起犹如将它从未来刹那中浮现出来,故说“令浮现的作用”。“请接受这些色法”——如同交付一般而被执取,故说“交付的现起”。圆满状态的现起,应依“上为积集,积集即增长”这一意义来理解。如同到达生起刹那者,依其最初业与彼缘之力而称为“已生”,同样,处于生起刹那者,称为“已积集”,故说“以已积集的色为近因”。显示巴利原文
Pubbantato pubbakoṭṭhāsato, anāgatabhāvatoti attho. Uppajjamāne rūpadhamme uppādo anāgatakkhaṇato ummujjāpento viya hotīti vuttaṃ ‘‘ummujjāpanaraso’’ti. ‘‘Ime rūpadhammā sampaṭicchatha ne’’ti niyyātento viya gayhatīti vuttaṃ ‘‘niyyātanapaccupaṭṭhāno’’ti. Paripuṇṇabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānatā upari cayo upacayoti imassa atthassa vasena veditabbā. Yathā uppādakkhaṇappattaṃ uppannaṃ nāma hoti ādikamme tappaccayavasena, evaṃ uppādakkhaṇagataṃ upacitaṃ nāma hotīti vuttaṃ ‘‘upacitarūpapadaṭṭhāno’’ti.
“转起为相”:应理解为,那些以色法相续生起的方式在转起的诸色法,其转起即是相。“相续为用”:以先后次第而相续的作用。因为若无生起,则不会有先后次第的相续。由于相续的作用本身应被执取为无间断,故说“无间断的现起”。由于它在依先后次第而结合的色法中被发现,故说“以相续的色为近因”。显示巴利原文
Pavattilakkhaṇāti anuppabandhato uppattivasena pavattamānarūpānaṃ pavattananti lakkhitabbā. Anuppabandhanarasāti pubbāparavasena anuppabandhanakiccā. Asati hi uppāde pubbāparavasena anuppabandho na siyā. Anuppabandharasattāyeva anupacchedavasena gahetabbato āha ‘‘anupacchedapaccupaṭṭhānā’’ti. Pubbāparavasena ghaṭitarūpesu upalabbhanato vuttaṃ ‘‘anuppabandharūpapadaṭṭhānā’’ti.
694 “老”者,即衰老的状态,意思是新性的消失。显示巴利原文
694.Jīraṇanti jiṇṇabhāvo, abhinavabhāvahānīti attho.
在色法中,老【是明显的】,因为通过牙齿等的破损等状态,可以见到其变化;而其他【非色法的老】,则因无此变化而不明显。虽然色法的刹那老也是隐蔽的,它也被称为“无间老”。然而,为了显示非色法的老极其隐蔽,故笼统地说“在色法中明显”。但破损等变化,在刹那老中并不存在。色的成熟,即是色法的老朽,达到老朽者必然坏灭,故说“引近的作用”,意指引向坏灭的作用。即使自性不舍离,即如坚硬等自性不舍离,因为在住时刹那有老,而那时并不舍弃法的自性。新生的状态是生起的阶段,由于它被执取为舍离的状态,故说“舍离新性的现起”。如同稻谷的陈旧状态:即使稻谷的自性不舍离,但能令新性舍离,正如稻谷的陈旧状态一般。稻谷的陈旧状态除去一切阶段,而此【老】仅仅除去生起的阶段。“周遍地、从一切方面坏灭”应被如此理解,故“周遍坏灭为相”。“常”即恒久,然而色由于刹那坏灭,故非常,即无常,其状态为无常性。而它对于达到住位之色,犹如以在住位本身即灭坏的方式而使之沉没,故“沉没为用”。又因为它以坏灭的状态,即以尽灭与消逝的行相而被执取,故说显示巴利原文
Pākaṭā rūpadhammesu khaṇḍiccādibhāvena dantādīsu vikāradassanato, itarā tadabhāvato apākaṭā. Kāmaṃ rūpadhammānampi khaṇikajarā paṭicchannā eva, yā ‘‘avīcijarā’’ti vā vuccati. Arūpadhammānaṃ pana jarāya suṭṭhu paṭicchannabhāvadassanatthaṃ ‘‘pākaṭā rūpadhammesū’’ti avisesena vuttaṃ. Khaṇḍiccādivikāro pana khaṇikajarāya natthi. Rūpaparipāko rūpadhammānaṃ jiṇṇatā, jaraṃ pattassa bhaṅgo avassaṃbhāvīti vuttaṃ ‘‘upanayanarasā’’ti, bhaṅgūpanayanakiccāti attho. Sabhāvānapagamepītikakkhaḷattādisabhāvānapagamepi, ṭhitikkhaṇe hi jarā nāma, na ca tadā dhammasabhāvaṃ vijahati. Navabhāvo uppādāvatthā, tassā apagamabhāvena gayhatīti āha ‘‘navabhāvāpagamapaccupaṭṭhānā’’ti. Vīhipurāṇabhāvo viyāti vīhibhāvānapagamepi abhinavabhāvāpagamanakaro vīhipurāṇabhāvo viya. Vīhipurāṇabhāvo sabbāvatthāni apaneti, ayaṃ pana kevalaṃ uppādāvatthameva apaneti. Parito sabbato bhijjananti lakkhitabbāti paribhedalakkhaṇā. Niccaṃ nāma dhuvaṃ, rūpaṃ pana khaṇabhaṅgitāya na niccanti aniccaṃ, tassa bhāvo aniccatā. Sā pana ṭhitippattarūpaṃ ṭhitiyameva vināsanabhāvena saṃsīdentī viya hotīti saṃsīdanarasā. Yasmā ca sā bhaṅgabhāvato khayavayākāreneva gayhati, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘khayavayabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā’’ti. Anukkamena vināso khayo nāma, dīpavaṭṭikāya saha telassa viya saha nirodho vayoti vadanti.
696-7 「聚合」即聚集。所谓「有些人」是指无畏山寺的住众。他们主张昏沉是色法,或说昏沉之论,故被称为昏沉论者。所谓「昏沉色法」,是指由时节、心、食三种缘所生的名为昏沉的色法。上下文意趣是:这些人应被驳斥。如何驳斥?即以「牟尼……」等偈。无有盖障:因入流道断除了疑盖,不还道断除了欲贪、嗔恚、恶作盖,阿罗汉道断除了昏沉睡眠盖。此处意趣在于:若昏沉是色法,则不应被断除。色蕴是应被证知、应被遍知,而非应被断除、应被修习、应被证得的。如《法集论》(1407)所说:「哪些法非由见所断、非由修所断?四地中的善法、四地中的果报、三地中的唯作无记、色法与涅槃——这些法非由见所断、非由修所断。」色法并无断除之理。若如此,则其作为盖障的性质便成相违,因为盖障是应被断除的,盖障不可能不被断除——显示巴利原文
696-7.Samodhānatoti rāsito. Kecīti abhayagirivāsino. Middharūpassa vadanasīlā, middhavādo vā etesanti middhavādino. Middharūpaṃ nāmāti utucittāhāravasena tisamuṭṭhānaṃ middhaṃ nāma rūpaṃ. Te paṭikkhipitabbāti sambandho. Kathaṃ paṭikkhipitabbāti āha ‘‘munīsī’’tiādi. Natthi nīvaraṇāti sotāpattimaggena vicikicchānīvaraṇassa, anāgāmimaggena kāmacchandabyāpādakukkuccanīvaraṇānaṃ, arahattamaggena thinamiddhanīvaraṇānañca pahīnattā. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – yadi middhaṃ rūpaṃ siyā, appahātabbaṃ bhaveyya. Rūpakkhandho abhiññeyyo pariññeyyo na pahātabbo na bhāvetabbo na sacchikātabbo. ‘‘Katame dhammā nevadassanenanabhāvanāyapahātabbā. Catūsu bhūmīsu kusalaṃ, catūsu bhūmīsu vipāko, tīsu bhūmīsu kiriyābyākataṃ, rūpañca nibbānañca, ime dhammā nevadassanenanabhāvanāyapahātabbā’’ti (dha. sa. 1407) vacanena rūpadhammānaṃ pahānābhāvato. Evañca sati tassa nīvaraṇabhāvo virujjheyya nīvaraṇānaṃ pahātabbattā. Na hi nīvaraṇānaṃ appahātabbatte –
我往昔所怀的疑惑,明眼者已为我解答;
你确实是牟尼、正自觉者,已无诸盖。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yā me kaṅkhā pure āsi, taṃ me akkhāsi cakkhumā; Addhā munīsi sambuddho, natthi nīvaraṇā tavā’’ti. (su. ni. 546) –
以断除诸盖来赞颂世尊,这才合理。若有人问:「根据‘比丘们,色不是你们的,应舍弃它’(《中部》1.247;《相应部》3.33-34)等语,不是也显示出色的可断性吗?」并非如此,因为那里指的是断除对色所缘的欲贪。因此世尊说:「比丘们,于色上调伏欲贪,即是于彼处的断除。」然而,此处也不能说成「这是依断除对彼所缘的欲贪而说」,因为这里有证成之语,且此处并非意指断除欲贪等。因此,由于与「你无诸盖」等语相违,昏沉不是色法。显示巴利原文
Nīvaraṇappahānena bhagavato thomanaṃ yujjeyya. Yadi siyā, ‘‘rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahathātiādivacanato (ma. ni. 1.247; saṃ. ni. 3.33-34) rūpassa pahātabbatāpi paññāyatīti? Taṃ na, tabbisayachandarāgappahānassa tattha adhippetattā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, rūpe chandarāgavinayo, taṃ tattha pahāna’’nti. Na ca panetaṃ na sakkā vattuṃ etthāpi ‘‘tabbisayachandarāgappahānavaseneva vutta’’nti sādhakavacanabhāvato, kāmacchandādīnaṃ tattha pahānassa anadhippetattā ca, tasmā ‘‘natthi nīvaraṇā tavā’’tiādivacanehi virujjhanato na middhaṃ rūpanti.
如果对方因顽固执取,而将自己的主张强加为「(此处)也是依断除对彼所缘的欲贪而意指盖的断除」,为了破斥他,论师又引出昏沉睡眠盖与无明盖相应之说,而说「昏沉睡眠盖」等语。应理解为:昏沉睡眠盖与无明盖是与盖(心所)相应的。这是说:依「四种相应」(《界论》3)的论述,只有非色法才能互相相应,色法既不能互相相应,也不能与非色法相应。因此,如果昏沉是色法,它就不配称为相应。若有人以为:「这里可以像‘碎石、沙砾、鱼群,或游或停’(《长部》1.249)那样,理解为随所得而说。」——正如在彼句中,碎石沙砾本无游行,游行是就鱼群而言,停住则就两者而言,如此随所得而作连结;同样地,这里「相应」就昏沉而言,「盖」就两者而言吗?这也不成立,因为色法的体性本身就不成立。只有在色法体性成立的前提下,由于相应不可能存在,随所得而连结才可能合理。虽然仅凭这些,昏沉的非色法体性已经成立,但为了像两次捆缚成为坚固之缚那样,使其成为由众多经典证成、不可破坏的定论,论师又引出《发趣大论》中的论述。显示巴利原文
Yadi pana paro daḷhamūḷhaggāhitāya taṃvisayachandarāgappahānavaseneva nīvaraṇappahānaṃ adhippetanti sakavādaṃ oḍḍeyya, tassa tannisedhanatthaṃ puna thinamiddhanīvaraṇassa avijjānīvaraṇena saha sampayogavacanañca āharanto āha ‘‘thinamiddhanīvaraṇa’’ntiādi. Thinamiddhanīvaraṇañceva avijjānīvaraṇañca nīvaraṇena sampayuttanti sambandho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘catūhi sampayogo’’ti (dhātu. 3) vacanato arūpadhammānameva aññamaññassa sampayogo labbhati, na rūpadhammānaṃ aññamaññaṃ arūpena vā, tasmā yadi middhaṃ rūpaṃ siyā, na taṃ sampayogavacanamarahatīti. Atha siyā – yathālābhavacanamettha sakkā viññātuṃ, ‘‘sakkharakathalampi macchagumbampi carantampi tiṭṭhantampī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.249) viya. Yathā hi ‘‘sakkharakathalikaṃ macchagumbampi carantampi tiṭṭhantampī’’tiādīsu sakkharakathalikassa caraṇāyogato macchagumbāpekkhāya caraṇaṃ, ubhayāpekkhāya ṭhānanti evaṃ yathālābho yojīyati, evamidhāpi thināpekkhāya sampayogavacanaṃ, ubhayāpekkhāya nīvaraṇavacananti? Tampi na, rūpabhāvasseva asiddhattā. Siddhe hi rūpabhāve asambhavato yathālābhayojanā yujjeyyāti. Ettakeneva middhassa arūpabhāve siddhepi yathā dvikkhattuṃ bandhaṃ subandhaṃ hoti, evamanekasuttasādhitaṃ appadhaṃsiyaṃ hotīti paṭṭhānappakaraṇe ‘‘nīvaraṇaṃ dhammaṃ paṭicca…pe… paccayā’’ti (paṭṭhā. 3.8.8) imassa vibhaṅge ‘‘arūpe…pe… uppajjatī’’ti (paṭṭhā. 3.8.8) vuttaṃ arūpabhavuppattimpi āharanto āha ‘‘mahāpakaraṇapaṭṭhāne’’tiādi. Jhānanikantiādīnampi dhammato lobhādibhāvato kāmacchandanīvaraṇādīhi abhinnattā vuttaṃ ‘‘kāmacchandanīvaraṇa’’ntiādi.
于此可能有人会问:「在‘比丘们,有此五种障碍、盖’(《增支部》5.51)等经文中,昏沉睡眠是以盖的身份一同被提及的,所以这里也一同说为‘昏沉睡眠盖’;然而,在无色界中,只有昏沉生起,难道昏沉睡眠两者都会生起吗?」此说无义,因为恶作并未被纳入。如果仅仅因为在彼处一同被提及,这里也应一同纳入,那么恶作在彼处也是一同被说的,这里便也可能被纳入,但这里并没有,而只说了掉举盖。因此,无法阻止它(昏沉睡眠盖)在无色界中生起。以「等」字所摄的经文有:「比丘们,这纯是不善聚,即所谓五盖」(《增支部》5.52),「断除了这五盖者,称为离昏沉睡眠者;因为已舍断、已吐弃、已解脱、已断除、已出离那昏沉睡眠,故称为离昏沉睡眠者;此心从这昏沉睡眠中净化、清净、遍净、解脱、令解脱、遍解脱」(《分别论》551)等。显示巴利原文
Ettha siyā – ‘‘pañcime, bhikkhave, āvaraṇā nīvaraṇā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 5.51) thinamiddhassa nīvaraṇabhāvena ekato āgatattā idhāpi ‘‘thinamiddhanīvaraṇa’’nti ekato vuttaṃ, thinameva ca pana arūpabhave uppajjati thinamiddhanti? Tayidamasāraṃ, kukkuccassa na gahitattā. Yadi hi ekato gahitamatteneva idhāpi ekato gahaṇaṃ siyā, kukkuccassapi tattha ekato vuttassa idha gahaṇaṃ sambhaveyya, na ca panevaṃ atthi uddhaccanīvaraṇantveva vuttattā, tasmā na tassa arūpabhavuppattiṃ sakkā paṭibāhitunti. Ādi-saddena ‘‘kevalo hāyaṃ, bhikkhave, akusalarāsi, yadidaṃ pañca nīvaraṇā (a. ni. 5.52), ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya, vigatathinamiddhoti tassa thinamiddhassa cattattā vantattā muttattā pahīnattā paṭinissaṭṭhattā, tena vuccati vigatathinamiddhoti, idaṃ cittaṃ imamhā thinamiddhamhā sodheti visodheti parisodheti moceti vimoceti parimoceti vā’’ti (vibha. 551) evamādiṃ pāḷiṃ saṅgaṇhāti.
即使昏沉可能分为两种:色法与非色法,其中非色法的那一种在诸盖中被教导,但并未特别说明“非色法”。既然在教导诸盖时没有加以区分——“比丘们,凡是惛沉,那也是盖;凡是睡眠,那也是盖;惛沉睡眠盖——这是总说的教示”——如此不加简别而说,因此即使假设昏沉有这两种,也不能否认其作为盖的性质。因为可以这样说:那种被假设为不同于非色法的昏沉,由于本身具有昏沉特性,同样也是盖,如同另一个盖一样。如果不承认昏沉有色的性质,那么世尊的睡眠又如何解释?难道不是因为在《分别论》中以“睡眠、昏昏欲睡”等说法,从而确立了睡眠即是昏沉的性质吗?并非如此。正如阴性词等的情况一样,由于昏沉是睡眠的因,故以睡眠的特征来分别解说。即便如此,假如作为睡眠之因的昏沉不存在,世尊的睡眠又是怎样的呢?不能这样说:“世尊没有那种睡眠”,因为“阿耆毗舍那!我了知……在白天睡觉”等经文(中部1.387)表明,世尊的睡眠并非由昏沉引起,而是由身体的不适所致,并且也不能说:“世尊没有那种身体不适”,因为“我的显示巴利原文
Yadipi siyā duvidhaṃ middhaṃ rūpaṃ, arūpañca. Tattha yaṃ arūpaṃ, taṃ nīvaraṇesu desitaṃ, na rūpanti? Tampi na, visesavacanābhāvato. Na hi visesetvā middhaṃ nīvaraṇesu desitaṃ ‘‘yadapi, bhikkhave, thinaṃ, tadapi nīvaraṇaṃ, yadapi middhaṃ, tadapi nīvaraṇaṃ, thinamiddhaṃ nīvaraṇanti iti hidaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchatī’’ti avisesena vuttattā, tasmā middhassa duvidhataṃ parikappetvāpi na sakkā nīvaraṇabhāvaṃ nivattetuṃ. Sakkā hi vattuṃ yaṃ taṃ arūpato aññaṃ middhaṃ parikappitaṃ, tampi nīvaraṇaṃ middhasabhāvattā itaraṃ nīvaraṇaṃ viyāti. Yadi middhassa rūpabhāvaṃ na sampaṭicchatha, kathaṃ bhagavato niddā hoti, nanu middhassa ‘‘niddā pacalāyikā’’tiādinā vibhaṅge vuttattā niddābhāvo siddhoti? Nayidamevaṃ, itthiliṅgādīsu viya niddāhetuno middhassa niddābhāvena vibhattattā. Evampi niddāhetuno middhassa abhāvato kathaṃ bhagavato niddāti ce? Sā bhagavato natthīti na sakkā vattuṃ ‘‘abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ aggivessana…pe… divā supitā’’tiādivacanato (ma. ni. 1.387) na niddā bhagavato middhena, atha kho sarīragelaññena, tañca bhagavato natthīti na sakkā vattuṃ ‘‘piṭṭhi me āgilāyati, tamahaṃ āyamissāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.22; saṃ. ni. 4.243) vacanato. Na cettha evamavadhāraṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘middhameva niddāhetū’’ti, tasmā aññopi atthi niddāhetu. Ko pana soti? Sarīragelaññaṃ, tasmā na bhagavato niddā middhahetukāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
698 说明了各自独立的不存在,即从风界等开始,逐一说明它们并无自性。那么,应如何说明呢?答言“风界”等。其中,所谓身力,从义理上说是风界运作形态的一种特殊状态,因为它属于风界的扩散;也因此愚者们称之为“力量”。故说“取到了风界时,力色即被取到”。产生,在欲界中是某些有情根成熟的缘,属于水界运作形态的一种特殊状态,因此说“水界的产生色”。取到了它,即被取到,这是句子的连接。没有离开相续与增长的色法生起,而且在生起的阶段也不存在其他所谓的“生”,所以说“以增长与相续为生色”。即使是业生的疾病,它的近因也是由不适条件所引发的界扰动,更不必说其他了。从义理上说,它可能存在于色法的成熟阶段,即住位与坏灭的刹那,所以说“以老、无常等,疾病色被取到”。显示巴利原文
698.Visuṃ visuṃ abhāvaṃ dassetvāti vāyodhātuādito visuṃ visuṃ natthibhāvaṃ dassetvā. Kathaṃ pana so dassitabboti āha ‘‘vāyodhātuyā’’tiādi. Tattha kāyabalaṃ nāma atthato vāyodhātuyā pavattiākāraviseso tassā vipphārabhāvato. Yato bālānaṃ balanti vadantīti vuttaṃ ‘‘vāyodhātuyā gahitāya balarūpaṃ gahitamevā’’ti. Sambhavo kāmadhātuyaṃ ekaccasattānaṃ indriyaparipākapaccayo āpodhātuyā pavattiākāravisesoti āha ‘‘āpodhātuyā sambhavarūpa’’nti. Gahitāya gahitamevāti sambandho. Upacayasantativinimutto rūpuppādo natthi, uppādāvatthāya ca aññā jāti nāma natthevāti vuttaṃ ‘‘upacayasantatīhi jātirūpa’’nti. Kammasamuṭṭhānassapi rogassa visabhāgapaccayasamuppanno dhātukkhobho āsannakāraṇaṃ , pageva itarassa. So atthato rūpadhammānaṃ pākāvatthā ṭhitibhaṅgakkhaṇesu eva siyāti vuttaṃ ‘‘jaratāaniccatādīhi rogarūpaṃ gahita’’nti.
699-704 色法由这些而生起、产生,因此这些是色法的生起因。那么这些是什么呢?说‘时节、心、食、业’。显示巴利原文
699-704. Rūpāni samuṭṭhahanti jāyanti etehīti rūpasamuṭṭhānāni. Kāni pana tānīti āha ‘‘utucittāhārakammānī’’ti.
‘食是色的因’——此处应插入‘iti’字,即‘业、时节、心和食,这些是色的因’。‘色的因’意为色的生起因缘。因此说‘由这些’等。它们每一种都只有一种生起因,故称‘一种生起因’。问:‘难道从单一的缘,所生的果不会生起吗?’答:‘确实不会。这里的意思是说,在色的生起中,从一种缘生起,是此处意趣。’八根,即眼等五根、男女二根和命根,共八根。依身表和语表而有二种表色。显示巴利原文
Āhāro rūpahetuyoti ettha iti-saddo pakkhipitabbo, kammaṃ, utu ca cittañca āhāroti ime rūpahetuyoti. Rūpahetuyoti ca rūpassa janakapaccayāti attho. Tenāha ‘‘etehevā’’tiādi. Ekamekaṃyeva samuṭṭhānaṃ etesanti ekasamuṭṭhānā. Nanu ekato eva paccayato paccayuppannassa uppatti natthīti? Saccaṃ natthi, rūpajanakapaccayesu ekatoti ayamettha abhisandhi. Aṭṭhindriyānīti cakkhādīni pañca, itthipurisindriyadvayaṃ, jīvitañcāti aṭṭhindriyāni. Kāyavacīviññattivasena viññattidvayaṃ.
‘由二种’:即一种由心,一种由时节,如此由二种。因为同一事物在同一刹那不能有两个缘。其余依此类推。‘由时节、食……所作’:即每一种由时节、食、心三者所作。‘四大种’:即四大大种。因为它们以无有情、无灵魂的意义而称为‘界’。由业等四种而生起的,称为‘四种生’。‘二种’:即老与无常。显示巴利原文
Dvīhīti koci cittena, koci utunā cāti evaṃ dvīhi. Na hi ekasseva dve ekakkhaṇe paccayā honti. Evaṃ sesesupi. Utuāhāra…pe… katanti ekekaṃ utunā, āhārena, cittena cāti tīhi kataṃ. Catasso cāpi dhātuyoti cattāri mahābhūtāni. Tāni hi nissattanijjīvaṭṭhena dhātūti vuccanti. Kammādīhi catūhi bhavantīti catubbhavā. Dveti jaratā aniccatā.
705-6 现在,为了显示即使总括种种混合生起的色,也依各自的缘而限定其数目,故说‘由业’等。其中,八根、心所依处、纯八法聚、相续、增长、虚空,这二十种是业所生。二种表色、声音、轻快性等三种、纯八法聚等十一种,这十七种由心生起,即心生的意思。声音、轻快性等三种、纯八法聚等十一种,这十五种由时节生起。轻快性等三种、纯八法聚等十一种,这十四种由食生起。加上老性与无常性,总为六十八种,这是(此处的)连接。显示巴利原文
705-6. Idāni missakasamuṭṭhānānipi gahetvā taṃtaṃpaccayajātānaṃ gaṇanaparicchedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘kammenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha aṭṭhindriyāni vatthu suddhaṭṭhakaṃ santatyūpacayākāsāti vīsati kammajā. Viññattidvayaṃ saddo lahutādittayaṃ suddhaṭṭhakādayo ekādasāti sattarasa cetasā jāyare, cittajāti attho. Saddo lahutādittayaṃ suddhaṭṭhakādayo ekādasāti dasapañceva pannarasa utunā jāyare. Lahutādittayaṃ suddhaṭṭhakādayo ekādasāti cuddasa āhārato. Jaratāaniccatāhi te aṭṭhasaṭṭhi ca hontevāti sambandho.
707-8 说了“老……等生起”之后,为进一步显示其理由,便说“已生的”等。其中,“已生的”意指:老性是已生之法的成熟,无常性是已生之法的坏灭。这就是说:老性与无常性属于已生之法,而不属于正在生起之法。若它们属于正在生起之法,则可有“正在生起”的同义语,那倒是合理的。然而,对于已生之法,它们在生起之后才存在,因此不能说它们是“正在生起”。若有人反驳:“即使它们也有生的状态,又有何矛盾?”为破除其谬执,便说“会生起”等。即使它们也有成熟与坏灭,又有何矛盾?于是说“不”等。“成熟”意指不成熟,以此连接,表明不坏灭;因为已成熟的事物,其坏灭是决定的。或者,“坏灭”意指不坏灭,这里也包含了成熟的状态;因为未成熟的事物不会坏灭,否则将导致生与灭无有差别的过失。“没有”:即已生的、具有成熟与坏灭之法,其坏灭是不存在的。这是总结前述意思而言。显示巴利原文
707-8. ‘‘Jaratā…pe… samuṭṭhitā’’ti vatvā puna tattha kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘jātassā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha jātassa pākabhedattāti jaratāya jātadhammassa pākattā, aniccatāya ca bhedattāti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – jaratāaniccatā nāma uppannadhammassa honti, no uppajjamānassa. Yadi hi uppajjamānassa siyuṃ, tadā tāsampi jāyamānattapariyāyo yujjeyya. Uppannadhammassa pana jātito paraṃ imāsaṃ sambhavato na jāyantīti vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Yadi pana koci tesampi jātabhāve ko virodhoti paṭipajjeyya, tassa taṃ duggāhaṃ vidhamento āha ‘‘jāyeyyu’’ntiādi. Hontu nāma tesampi pākabhedā, tadāpi ko virodhoti āha ‘‘na hī’’tiādi. Pāko na paripaccatīti sambandho, etena na bhijjatīti dīpitaṃ hoti. Pakkassa hi bhaṅgo niyato. Bhedo vā na ca bhijjatīti etthāpi pākabhāvopi vuttova. Na hi apakkaṃ bhijjatīti, aññathā uppādabhaṅgānaṃ anaññattappasaṅgato. Natthi tanti pākabhedānaṃ paccanaṃ bhijjanaṃ natthīti vuttamevatthaṃ saṅkhipitvā āha.
至此,说明了什么呢?如果老性与无常性可由某种缘而生起,那么对于已生起者,就应当有老与坏灭;如此,它们的老性与无常性也应当存在。然而,这些却了不可得。何以故?因为老性并非由另一个老而老去或坏灭,坏灭也并非由另一个坏灭而坏灭或老去。否则,那个老也会由另一个老与坏灭而老去、坏灭,那个坏灭也会由另一个老、另一个坏灭而老去、坏灭,如此一来,便会导致无穷无尽的过失。这就是所说的意思。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā ca kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yadi jaratāaniccatā kenaci paccayena jāyeyyuṃ, tadā uppannassa nāma jarāya, bhaṅgena ca bhavitabbanti tesaṃ jaratāaniccatāpi siyuṃ, na ca panetā upalabbhanti. Kasmā? Yasmā na jaratā aññajarāya jīrati, bhijjati vā, na ca bhaṅgo aññena bhaṅgena bhijjati, jīrati vā, itarathā sāpi jarā aparāya jarāya, bhaṅgena ca jīrati, bhijjati, so ca bhaṅgo aññāya jarāya, aññena bhaṅgena jīrati, bhijjatīti anavaṭṭhānappasaṅgatoti vuttaṃ hoti.
709-10 “已生者”等是结语。或者,是为回应可能进一步提出的质难而安立结论。“可能在某些地方有”等是对胜义的疑虑。此处,即在此“老性与无常性二者不被认知、不被坏灭”的论题中。“色的积集”中的“iti”意为“等”,因此其意指“通过‘色的积集、色相续’等说法”。同样地,应联系“令熟者成熟,令坏者坏灭”来理解。然此处的意图是:如同在解说业等所生色法时,以“什么是所取色?眼处……乃至……身处、女性根、男性根、命根,或其他由业所生的色,色处……乃至……触处、空界、色的积集、色的相续、段食”(《法集论》652)等,已说明了积集与相续,由此表明“生”是生起的,即使没有后续的生。同样地,即使没有后续的老与坏灭,也应承认老去与坏灭。否则,生的坏灭也会处于同样的境地。显示巴利原文
709-10.‘‘Jātassā’’tiādi nigamanaṃ. Atha vā uttari vattabbacodanāya phalaṭhapanaṃ. ‘‘Siyā katthacī’’tiādi paramatāsaṅkanaṃ. Etthāti etasmiṃ ‘‘jaratāaniccatādvayaṃ na paccati, na bhijjati vā’’ti adhikāre. Rūpassūpacayotīti iti-saddo ādiattho, tena ‘‘rūpassa upacayo santatī’’ti vacanenāti attho. Evaṃ pākopi paccatu, bhedopi paribhijjatūti sambandho. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – yathā kammādīhi uppajjanakarūpaniddese ‘‘katamaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ upādinnaṃ? Cakkhāyatanaṃ…pe… kāyāyatanaṃ itthindriyaṃ purisindriyaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi atthi rūpaṃ kammassa katattā rūpāyatanaṃ…pe… phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ ākāsadhātu rūpassa upacayo rūpassa santati kabaḷīkāro āhāro’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 652) upacayasantatīnaṃ niddiṭṭhattā jāti jāyatīti dīpitaṃ hoti tassā aparajātiyā abhāvepi. Evaṃ jarābhaṅgānaṃ aparajarābhaṅgābhāvepi jīraṇaṃ, bhijjanañca sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, itarathā jātiyāpi bhedanā tadavatthāyevāti.
711 “并非”等语,是对所疑虑的胜义加以驳斥。如果“生”不可了知,那么为何在解说中有所宣说?为此而说“正在生起者”等。其意为:虽然没有“生”的实体,但由于正在生起的诸法有其现起的状况,因此在世俗共许中,那个作为彼缘的“生”是被认可的,解说中即依此而说,并非在胜义上承认有“正在生起”的实体。因为对于正在生起者,唯有现起便是“生”,所以这不过是依未成立者来成立未成立者。显示巴利原文
711.‘‘Nacevā’’tiādi yathāsaṅkitaparamatassa paṭikkhipanaṃ. Yadi jāyatīti na viññātabbaṃ, evañca sati niddese kasmā vuttanti āha ‘‘jāyamānassā’’tiādi. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – asatipi jātiyā jāyamānatte jāyamānānaṃ dhammānaṃ abhinibbattibhāvato tassā tappaccayabhāvavohāro anumatoti tattha vuttā, na pana paramatthato jāyamānattā. Jāyamānassa hi abhinibbattimattaṃ jāti, tasmā asiddhena asiddhasādhanametanti.
712-7 712-7.从“在那里”开始,再次对胜义提出疑虑并加以反驳。在那里,对于那些法,那个“生”获得了“以彼为缘的称谓”和“现起的共许”——这是句子的联系。“如此”的意思是:如同确实获得那样。“yaṃ taṃ”这些词表示不偏离的关联。“这些法的缘属于它”故为“以彼为缘”,那个的状态是“以彼为缘性”,以彼为缘性而施设的称谓是“以彼为缘的称谓”,意思是业缘状态等的称谓。“现起的共许”是指“现起、出生”这样依现起而施设的共许。“业等所生”是指由业等四缘共同生起。能生的诸缘在其作用刹那生起时,并没有(后续的)存在——这是句子的联系。然而,这里的意义是:那些色的能生之缘,它们对于生起色法具有不间断的作用,那个以缘为特征的作用刹那,当诸法正在生起时,作为它们的变化状态而被获得,针对所化的补特伽罗,从缘的角度认可了“生”的已生性,因为在此之前和之后都不可得。这样做了之后,才说“然而,生是可得(其称谓)的”。但是,老与坏灭在缘的作用刹那之后,于住位和坏灭刹那中都是可得的,因此不能这样认可,而“生”却可以获得那种称谓,这是意图所在。“以彼为缘的称谓”等两颂是作为结语而说的。显示巴利原文
712-7.‘‘Tatthā’’tiādinā punapi paramatāsaṅkaṃ katvā paṭikkhipati. Tattha yesaṃ dhammānaṃ yā jāti, sā tappaccayattavohāraṃ, abhinibbattisammutiñca labhatevāti sambandho. Tathāti yathā labhateva, tathā. Yaṃtaṃ-saddā hi abyabhicāritasambandhā. Tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paccayā etissāti tappaccayā, tassā bhāvo tappaccayattaṃ, tappaccayattena pavatto vohāro tappaccayattavohāro, taṃ kammapaccayabhāvādivohāranti attho. Abhinibbattisammutinti abhinibbattati jāyatīti evaṃ abhinibbattivasena pavattasammutiṃ. Kammādisambhavanti kammādicatupaccayasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Janakānaṃ paccayānaṃ ānubhāvakkhaṇuppāde abhāvatoti sambandho. Ayaṃ panettha attho – ye te rūpānaṃ janakapaccayā, tesaṃ taduppādanaṃ pati anuparatabyāpārānaṃ yo so paccayūpalakkhaṇiyo kiccānubhāvakkhaṇo, tadā jāyamānānaṃ dhammānaṃ vikārabhāvena labbhamānataṃ sandhāya vineyyapuggalavasena jātiyā paccayato jātattaṃ anuññātaṃ tato pure , pacchā ca anupalabbhamānattā, evañca katvā vuttaṃ ‘‘jātiyā pana labbhatī’’ti. Jarābhaṅgānaṃ pana paccayānubhāvakkhaṇato uttari ṭhitibhaṅgakkhaṇesu labbhamānattā na evaṃ anuññātuṃ sakkāti, jātiyā pana labbhati so vohāroti adhippāyo. Tappaccayattavohārantiādigāthādvayaṃ nigamanavasena vuttaṃ.
718-9 那么,何必这样搔喉咙呢?难道世尊不是在经中说“诸比丘,老死是无常的、有为的、缘起的”(《相应部》2.20)吗?因此,如果有人这样说:“老性与无常性并非由任何缘所生起”,为了显示并反驳他的思惟,而说了“无常”等。为什么不应说呢?回答说:“因为那是方便说”。为了阐明正是方便说,而说了“无常的”等。用“如是”一词包含了“有为的”。显示巴利原文
718-9. Atha kiṃ imāya gīvākaṇḍūyāya, nanu vuttaṃ bhagavatā suttante ‘‘jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppanna’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.20), tasmā kathametaṃ vuccati, jaratā aniccatā ceva na kehici samuṭṭhitāti yo vadeyya, tassa vitakkaṃ dassetvā paṭikkhipituṃ ‘‘anicca’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Kasmā na vattabbanti āha ‘‘sā hi pariyāyadesanā’’ti. Pariyāyadesanattameva vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘aniccāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tathā-saddena ‘‘saṅkhatāna’’nti saṅgaṇhāti.
720-3 “无常与有为”中的“与”字即包含了“缘起的”之意。此处意谓:由于老死属于无常、有为的诸法,故当那些法存在时它才存在,当那些法不存在时它便不存在。因为未生者不会变熟或坏灭,所以针对“以生为缘”这一点,经中依方便说而说“老死是有为的、缘起的,因此也是无常的”。正如表色等,若依非方便说,虽非心所生,但因为是心所生色的变异而说为心所生。而“如表色等”应知仅是举例,因为轻快性等亦被许为心所生等,唯是方便说。依非方便说,只有十八种完成色是由业等所生起的。三者,是指名为生、老、坏灭的三种相色。显示巴利原文
720-3.Aniccaṃsaṅkhatañcāti ca-saddena ‘‘paṭiccasamuppanna’’nti saṅgaṇhāti. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – aniccasaṅkhatadhammānaṃ jarāmaraṇattā tesu santesu hoti, asantesu na hoti. Na hi ajātaṃ paripaccati, bhijjati vā, tasmā taṃ jātipaccayataṃ sandhāya ‘‘jarāmaraṇaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ, tatoyeva ca anicca’’nti pariyāyena sutte āgataṃ. Yathā viññattiādīnaṃ nippariyāyato cittasamuṭṭhānatābhāvepi cittajānaṃ vikārattā cittasamuṭṭhānabhāvoti. Viññattiyo viyāti ca nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ lahutādīnampi cittajādibhāvassa pariyāyeneva icchitattā. Nippariyāyena aṭṭhāraseva nipphannarūpāni kammādisamuṭṭhānānīti. Tayanti jātijarābhaṅgasaṅkhātānaṃ lakkhaṇarūpattayaṃ.
“空花”者,犹如虚空之花。正如虚空之花因全然无生而不存在,此法也同样不存在,这是它的含义。“常或无为”者,正如无为的涅槃因不被任何事物造作而是恒常、坚固的,此法也同样因不被任何事物造作而是恒常、永恒的,这是它的含义。然而,此法并非两者:既不像空花那样不存在,也不像涅槃那样是无为,这是它的含义。“依止、系属而转起”者,是指正在生起、成熟、坏灭的诸法,以生等仅为其性相,而系属于生起等所依而转起。为阐明这依止、系属而转起之性,故说“在地等诸界存在时”等语。此处略义为:当地等诸所依存在时,生等三相便显现,因此这些法并非不存在;而当它们不存在时,三相便不显现,因此这些法并非恒常。应知,世尊正是为了遮破对此二极端的执著,而说生有四种,以及老死等无常的同义语。显示巴利原文
Khaṃpupphaṃvāti ākāsakusumaṃ viya. Yathā ākāsakusumaṃ sabbaso ajātattā natthi, evamidampi natthīti attho. Niccaṃ vāsaṅkhataṃ viyāti yathā asaṅkhataṃ nibbānaṃ kenaci asaṅkhatattā niccaṃ dhuvaṃ, evamidampi kenaci asaṅkhatattā niccaṃ sassataṃ vāti attho. Nobhayaṃ panidanti idaṃ pana ubhayampi khaṃpupphaṃ viya no natthi, na ca nibbānaṃ viya asaṅkhataṃ vāti attho. Nissayāyattavuttitoti jāyamānaparipaccamānabhijjamānānaṃ jātiādimattabhāvena jāyamānādinissayapaṭibaddhavuttittā. Tameva nissayāyattavuttitaṃ samatthetuṃ ‘‘bhāve pathaviyādīna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – pathavīādīnaṃ nissayānaṃ bhāve jātiādittayaṃ paññāyati, tasmā no natthi, yasmā ca tesaṃ abhāve na paññāyati, tasmā na niccanti imameva ca abhinivesaṃ nisedhetuṃ bhagavatā jātiyā catujattaṃ, jarāmaraṇassa ca aniccādipariyāyo vuttoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
724-5 “已完成的”(色),是指超越了“色的分界、色的变化、色的相”等分界等状态,以其自性如坚硬等而被分别、执取,或以非譬喻的方式由业等缘所完成,故名为“已完成的”。与此相反的,是“未完成的”。显示巴利原文
724-5.Nipphannāni nāmāti ‘‘rūpassa paricchedo, rūpassa vikāro, rūpassa lakkhaṇa’’ntiādinā paricchedādibhāvaṃ atikkamitvā attano kakkhaḷattādinā sabhāvena paricchijja gahetabbattā, apariyāyeneva kammādipaccayehi nipphannattā vā nipphannāni nāma. Tabbiparītato anipphannā.
听人说“其余色未完成”之后,另一人便引出一种非其所愿的结论,说道:“如果它们存在……”等等。然而,又以“正是那些……”等语加以破除。身的变化名为“身表”,语的变化名为“语表”,孔窍、空隙名为“空界”,轻快之性名为“轻快性”,柔软之性名为“柔软性”,适业之性名为“适业性”,生起名为“积集”,转起名为“相续”,衰老之相名为“老性”,有已还无之相名为“无常性”。如此,这些正是那十八种已完成色的变化状态,因此它们既是已完成色,又是有为的。再者,既然它们是那些色的变化,又如何能称为无为呢?将它们界定为“既是已完成色,又是有为的”之后,注释师们阐明其义理:如果作为未完成色之所依的已完成色是有为的,那么作为其变化的未完成色,又如何能是无为的呢?据他们的意趣,“既是已完成色”一句中的“且”字,应视为连音所成。显示巴利原文
Sesakā anipphannāti sutvā paro aniṭṭhaṃ āpādento āha ‘‘yadi hontī’’tiādi. ‘‘Tesamevā’’tiādinā pana taṃ paṭikkhipati. Kāyavikāro kāyaviññatti nāma, vacīvikāro vacīviññatti nāma, chiddaṃ vivaraṃ ākāsadhātu nāma, lahubhāvo lahutā nāma, mudubhāvo mudutā nāma , kammaññabhāvo kammaññatā nāma, nibbatti upacayo nāma, pavatti santati nāma, jīraṇākāro jaratā nāma, hutvā abhāvākāro aniccatā nāmāti evaṃ tesaṃyeva aṭṭhārasannaṃ nipphannarūpānaṃ vikārabhūtattā nipphannā ceva saṅkhatā ca, tesaṃyeva ca rūpānaṃ vikārattā te asaṅkhatā nāma kathaṃ bhaveyyuṃ, nipphannā ceva saṅkhatāti sambandhaṃ katvā yadi anipphannarūpānaṃ nissayabhūtā nipphannarūpā saṅkhatā, tesaṃ pana vikārabhūtā kathaṃ asaṅkhatā nāma hontīti atthaṃ vaṇṇenti. Tesaṃ adhippāyena nipphannā cevāti va-kāro āgamasiddhoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
726-7 “女性性……已作解说”等语,是结成定论。“倘若如此……”等语,是诘难。“然而,另一者……”等语,是答复。此中,“眼净色与身净色成为同一”的意思是:若眼净色中存有身净色之性,身净色中亦存有眼净色之性,那么前者便能显现触,后者便能显现色,由此眼净色与身净色便会混为同一。这仅是举例而已。因为依所说之理,耳净色与身净色等亦皆会混为同一。显示巴利原文
726-7.Itthibhāvo…pe… vaṇṇitāti phalaṭhapanaṃ. ‘‘Evaṃ sante’’tiādi codanā. ‘‘Aññaṃ panā’’tiādi parihāro. Tattha cakkhukāyapasādānaṃ, ekattaṃ upapajjatīti cakkhupasāde kāyapasādabhāvassa, kāyapasāde cakkhupasādabhāvassa sabbhāvato purimassa phoṭṭhabbāvabhāsanaṃ, itarassa ca rūpāvabhāsanaṃ hotīti cakkhukāyapasādānaṃ ekībhāvo bhaveyyāti attho. Nidassanamattañcetaṃ. Sotakāyapasādādīnampi hi vuttanayena ekattaṃyevāti.
728-30 “然而,一者在另一者中并不存在”:除却以彼此不相离的方式而转起之外,从究竟义上说,一种色在另一种色中并不存在,因为它们分属不同的色聚,所依也各不相同。眼净色依于由欲见之思为因的业所生之界,身净色则依于由欲触之思为因的业所生之界。“不混杂”即不相杂乱。若如此,是否一切处都不存在身处等了呢?从究竟义上说,那同样不存在。因为将它们分离开后,便无法安立其差别,为显明此理,故说“以彼此不相离的方式……”等语。“以彼此……而转起”:即以彼此在相续上不相离异、不相杂乱的方式而转起。然而,其义并非“以不相离色为方式”。因为不能宣说在同一色聚中的眼净色与身净色,其不相离色具有处所差别。正如色与味等,虽因无法区分而说它们彼此遍满,但从究竟义上说,色中并无味。如果色中有味,那么取色之时也应取味。同样地,身处等从究竟义上说,也并非存在于一切处,任何通达时宜者都不能作出“此在此处,此在此处”这样的处所差别。“因此有身净色”一句中,“iti”意为“因此”,故他说“因此”。“如此所说”即是于一切处如此所说。显示巴利原文
728-30.Aññaṃ pana aññasmiṃ na catthīti ṭhapetvā aññamaññāvinibbhogavasena pavattiṃ aññaṃ rūpaṃ aññasmiṃ rūpe paramatthato nevatthi bhinnanissayabhāvena kalāpantaragatattā. Cakkhupasādo hi daṭṭhukāmatānidānakammasamuṭṭhitabhūtanissito, kāyapasādo phusitukāmatānidānakammajabhūtanissito. Asaṅkaranti asaṃkiṇṇaṃ. Yadi evaṃ, na sabbattha kāyāyatanādikanti? Tampi natthi paramatthato. Vinibbhujitvā hi nesaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paññāpetuṃ na sakkā, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘aññamaññāvinibbhogavasenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Aññamaññā…pe… pavattitoti aññamaññaṃ santānato avinibbhujjanavasena avisaṃsaṭṭhavasena pavattanato. Avinibbhogarūpavasenāti pana attho na hoti. Na hi cakkhukāyapasādānaṃ ekakalāpagataavinibbhogarūpā ṭhānantaraṃ vattuṃ sakkāti . Yathā rūparasādīnaṃ vivecetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya aññamaññabyāpitā vuccati, na ca paramatthato rūpe raso atthi. Yadi siyā, rūpaggahaṇeneva rasaggahaṇaṃ gaccheyya. Evaṃ kāyāyatanādīnampi paramatthato na sabbattha atthitā, ‘‘idaṃ ettha, idaṃ etthā’’ti ṭhānantaraṃ pana samayaññunā kenaci na sakkā vattunti. Atthi kāyapasādotīti itisaddo ‘‘tasmā’’ti imassa atthe. Tenāha ‘‘tasmā’’ti. Evamudīritanti sabbaṭṭhānikanti evamudīritaṃ.
731-2 所谓“依特征等”,即依如前所述的特征、作用、现起、近因而说。诸旗之影已至者:指由青等五种颜色线所织成的五色旗,每一旗各依一色为特征,其影已达到这些法的譬喻状态、譬喻性,这就是它的意思。然而有些人认为:“这些法的影是譬喻,所以是影譬喻,影譬喻的状态就是影譬喻性,这些法已到达此状态。”但这或许是他们的理解:此处“已到达影譬喻性”仅依多财释而有短音。不过,应当视为为了偈颂结构而使用短音。因为在“第四颂”等处,论师通过省略格位词尾来显示,并非于此类地方对文字特别留意。至于不愿将“他们”作为下句、“诸法”作为上句来联系的人,他们所说的“已得种种性”,在这里即使不愿意也必须联系。因为“已得种种性”并非不期待“他们”。即便他们假设此处读作“已得种种性”,然而在典籍中未见过这种读法,只是以假设的读法来满足自意。此处意旨如下:犹如五色旗被集中竖立时,其影虽看似连成一体,但彼此并不混杂;同样,这些一切处所造色虽看似连成一体,但依各自特征,彼此体性各异,绝不混杂。因为即使在同一聚中,依特征亦体性各异,何况在不同聚中呢。显示巴利原文
731-2.Lakkhaṇādivasenāpīti yathāvuttalakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānavasenāpi. Dhajānaṃ…pe… gatāti pañcavaṇṇānaṃ nīlādipañcavaṇṇasuttamayānaṃ ekamekassa vā ekekavaṇṇavasena dhajānaṃ chāyā tesaṃ upamataṃ upamābhāvaṃ gatā sampattāti attho. Keci pana ‘‘chāyā upamā etesanti chāyāupamā, chāyāupamānaṃ bhāvo chāyāupamatā, taṃ gatā ete dhammā’’ti vadanti. Taṃ pana tehi ‘‘chāyāupamataṃ gatā’’ti ettha bahubbīhivaseneva rassattanti maññamānehi vuttaṃ bhaveyya. Gāthābandhatthaṃ pana rassattanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Catutthadū’’tiādīsu hi vibhattilopampi katvā dassento ācariyo na īdisesu ṭhānesu byañjane ādaraṃ janeti. Yaṃ pana ‘‘tesa’’nti heṭṭhāpadaṃ, ‘‘dhammāna’’nti uparipadaṃ vā sambandhituṃ anicchantehi vuccati tattha ‘‘nānattaṃ samupāgata’’nti. Taṃ ettha akāmāpi sambandhitabbameva. Na hi nānattaṃ samupāgataṃ tesanti nāpekkhatīti. Athāpi tattha ‘‘nānattaṃ samupāgatā’’ti pāṭhaṃ parikappeyyuṃ, hotu tāva potthakesu adissamānampi pāṭhaṃ parikappetvā tesaṃ tuṭṭhi. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – yathā pañcavaṇṇānaṃ dhajānaṃ ekato katvā ussāpitānaṃ kiñcāpi chāyā ekābaddhā viya hoti, aññamaññaṃ pana asammissāva, evameva ime sabbaṭṭhānikarūpā kiñcāpi ekābaddhā viya honti, lakkhaṇato pana aññamaññaṃ bhinnasabhāvā asammissāyeva. Ekakalāpaṭṭhāpi hi lakkhaṇato bhinnasabhāvā, kiṃ pana nānākalāpaṭṭhāti.
733 依自因缘而系着于世间,或已了知故,名为世间;其状态即为世间性。能使相应法聚由此而堕落、安住者,称为因;以根本义而言,即具饶益性的贪等与无贪等;不是这样的因,便是非因。依自因缘而被造作、被构造者,称为有为。从有顶或从种姓流出者,名为漏;与漏俱行者,为有漏,其义即能被漏所缘。被缘所系属而转起,即依各自因缘而转起,所以说是有缘。这仅仅是举例。同样,由于欲界性、无因性、因不相应性、结缚性、系缚性、取着性、暴流性、轭性、盖性、杂染性、被执取性、非心所性、心不相应性、非色界性、非无色界性、非出世间性、非导向出离性、无常性等理由,也可说为一类。显示巴利原文
733. Attano paccayehi loke niyuttaṃ, viditanti vā lokikaṃ, tassa bhāvo lokikattaṃ. Hinoti patiṭṭhahati sampayuttadhammarāsi etenāti hetu, mūlaṭṭhena upakārako lobhādiko ca alobhādiko ca, tādiso hetu na hotīti nahetu. Attano paccayehi saṅkhataṃ abhisaṅkhatanti saṅkhataṃ. Ābhavaggā, āgotrabhu vā savantīti āsavā, saha āsavehīti sāsavaṃ, āsavehi ālambitabbanti attho. Paccayāyattavuttitoti attano attano paccayādhīnappavattitāya sappaccayattāti vuttaṃ hoti. Nidassanamattametaṃ. Kāmāvacarattā ahetukattā hetuvippayuttattā saṃyojaniyattā ganthaniyattā upādāniyattā oghaniyattā yoganiyattā nīvaraṇiyattā saṃkilesikattā parāmaṭṭhattā acetasikattā cittavippayuttattā na rūpāvacarattā na arūpāvacarattā na apariyāpannattā aniyyānikattā aniccattāti evamādināpi kāraṇena ekavidhamevāti.
734-8 如此显示了一类的方法后,为显示由“等”字所包含的二类等方法,以“内与外”等起始,展开内二等法。其中,于内二法中,首先,我慢安立于此者,名为自我,即个体存在;缘此自我、依此自我而转起者,称为内,即系属于根的诸法;存在于这些法中、或存在于自我中者,便是内。虽然其他内生的法也存在,但依惯用语,唯眼等被称为“内”。或者,正如所说“如果我们不存在,你将成为木片柴薪一般”,由于对自体有特别利益,故它们特别获得内的名称。根与非根:以增上义为根,其余因无此义为非根。其中,应知眼等五根于眼识等中有增上性,因其随顺这些的敏锐、迟钝等状态;男女二根为男女相等之因;命根则护持俱生色。粗与细:因为是有境与有境者的关系,因通过撞击而被执取,故为粗;与此相反者为细。所执受:即被业所执取。因为业所生者,犹如被彼业执取为“此是我的果”一般。显示巴利原文
734-8. Evaṃ ekavidhanayaṃ dassetvā idāni ādi-saddena saṅgahitaduvidhatādinayaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ajjhattikabahiddhā’’tiādinā ajjhattikadukādayo āraddhā. Tattha ajjhattikaduke tāva āhito ahaṃ māno etthāti attā, attabhāvo, taṃ attānaṃ adhikicca uddissa pavattattā ajjhattā, indriyabaddhadhammā, tesu bhavāni, attani vā bhavāni ajjhattikāni. Kāmaṃ aññepi ajjhattasambhūtā atthi, ruḷhīvasena pana cakkhādīneva ‘‘ajjhattikānī’’ti vuccanti. Atha vā ‘‘yadi mayaṃ na homa, tvaṃ kaṭṭhakaliṅgarūpamo bhavissasī’’ti vadantā viya attabhāvassa sātisayaṃ upakārakānīti tāneva visesato ajjhattikanāmaṃ labhanti. Indriyānindriyāti ādhipaccaṭṭhena indriyāni, sesaṃ tadabhāvato anindriyaṃ. Tattha cakkhādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīsu adhipateyyaṃ tesaṃ paṭumandabhāvādianuvattanato, itthindriyapurisindriyadvayassa itthiliṅgādihetubhāve, jīvitindriyassa ca sahajarūpānupālaneti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Visayavisayībhāvato ghaṭṭanavasena gahetabbattā oḷārikaṃ, tabbiparītattā sukhumaṃ. Upādinnanti kammunā gahitaṃ. Kammanibbattañhi ‘‘mametaṃ phala’’nti tena kammunā gahitaṃ viya hoti.
十一……有对:因非眼识所能识知、无可见性故,为“不可见”;但因有相互撞击故,为“有对”;遮止此两者,故为“不可见无对”。从业而生者:此处,纯粹由业等起的有八根及心所依处,共九种色。又在十一种四等起中,由业等起者亦有十一种色,如是二十种色,因从业生起,故为“业生”。因为无论已生、正生、将生,这一切都称为“业生”,如“牛乳”。从业之外者为非业,非从业生者为非业生,此处“非”字用于他义。故说:“从他们其他缘而生。”即从业以外的其他缘——时节、心、食而生。心唯生等,可依前说配合,故未显示。显示巴利原文
Ekādasa…pe… sappaṭighanti cakkhuviññāṇāviññeyyattā sanidassanattābhāvato anidassanaṃ, aññamaññaṃ patanavasena pana paṭighasabbhāvato sappaṭighaṃ, ubhayapaṭikkhepena anidassanaappaṭighaṃ. Kammato jātanti ettha yaṃ ekantato kammasamuṭṭhānaṃ aṭṭhindriyāni, vatthu cāti navavidhaṃ rūpaṃ. Yañca ekādasavidhe catusamuṭṭhāne kammasamuṭṭhānaṃ ekādasavidhameva rūpanti evaṃ vīsatividhampi kammato uppajjanato kammajaṃ. Yañhi jātaṃ, yañca jāyati, yañca jāyissati, taṃ sabbampi ‘‘kammaja’’nti vuccati yathā ‘‘duddha’’nti. Kammato aññaṃ akammaṃ, akammato jātaṃ akammajaṃ. Aññatthe hi ayaṃ a-kāro. Tenāha ‘‘tadaññapaccayājāta’’nti. Kammato aññapaccayato jātaṃ, utucittāhārajanti attho. Cittajattikādīni vuttānusārena yojetuṃ sakkāti na dassitāni.
于所见四种中,应当被见的,名为“所见”。凡是已经见到、将要见到、正在见到、或可能见到的色处,这一切都称为“所见”,因其不超越该体性,犹如“可爱”。此理亦适用于“所闻”等。“所见”即色处,由眼识所识。“所闻”即声处,由耳识所识。“所觉”即香、味、触三处,因由觉知、到达而执取,或因与净色相连;因为这样说,此是到达已得之境。“所知”即其余者,唯由意识所识。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhacatukke daṭṭhabbanti diṭṭhaṃ. Yaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ adakkhi, yañca dakkhissati, yañca dakkhati, yañca passeyya, taṃ sabbaṃ diṭṭhaṃ nāma taṃsabhāvānativattanato yathā ‘‘iṭṭha’’nti. Esa nayo sutādīsupi. Diṭṭhaṃ nāma rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaviññeyyattā. Sutaṃ nāma saddāyatanaṃ sotaviññāṇaviññeyyattā. Mutaṃ nāma gandharasaphoṭṭhabbāyatanattayaṃ mutvā patvā gahetabbato , pasādena saha sambandhanato vā. Tathā hetaṃ sampattaggāhakavisayaṃ vuttaṃ. Viññātaṃ nāma avasesaṃ kevalaṃ manoviññāṇaviññeyyattā.
“门与所依”者:对于依止自身的眼识等,以及依止他缘的领受等,它们是生起的门户,故为“门”;同时是依止自身之所依,故为“所依”。仅是门而非所依者:由于仅是业门,故只是“门”;因为没有依彼而生起的心,故非“所依”。仅是所依而非门者:意界与意识界,由于是依止处,故只是“所依”;如同眼等对于依他缘者,不是生起的门,故非“门”。其余二十一种色,依前述之反面,既非门亦非所依。“第四之四”指所依之四。“第三词”即“仅是所依而非根”一词。显示巴利原文
Dvārañcevavatthu cāti attanissitānaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ, aññanissitānaṃ sampaṭicchanādīnañca pavattimukhabhāvato dvārañceva attanissitānaṃ ādhārabhāvato vatthu ca. Dvārameva hutvā na vatthūti kevalaṃ kammadvārabhāvato dvārameva, tannissitassa cittuppādassa abhāvato na vatthu. Vatthumeva hutvā na dvāranti manodhātumanoviññāṇadhātūnaṃ nissayabhāvato vatthumeva, cakkhādayo viya saparanissitānaṃ pavattidvārābhāvato na dvāraṃ. Sesaṃ ekavīsatividhaṃ rūpaṃ vuttavipariyāyato neva dvāraṃ na vatthu ca. Catutthacatukketi vatthucatukke. Tatiyapadanti ‘‘vatthumeva hutvā nevindriya’’nti padaṃ.
739-40 “复有五种”表示关联。“四种”已作说明,即仅由四种等起。显示巴利原文
739-40. Puna pañcavidhanti sambandho. Catujanti pakāsitaṃ catūhiyeva samuṭṭhānato.
眼识所识之色处,应知为彼眼识所执取,而非单由眼识所识。因为此色亦由转向等及意门速行而识知。此理趣亦适用于耳所识等。然意识所识者,则唯由意识所识。因眼识等并不于色等之外生起。显示巴利原文
Cakkhuviññāṇaviññeyyaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ tena gahetabbato, na pana cakkhuviññāṇeneva viññeyyato. Tathā hetaṃ āvajjanādīhi ceva manodvārikajavanehi ca viññāyatīti. Esa nayo sotaviññeyyādīsupi. Manoviññāṇaviññeyyaṃ pana kevalaṃ manoviññāṇeneva viññātabbaṃ. Na hi rūpādito aññattha cakkhuviññāṇādīni pavattanti.
“六所依与无所依之分别”者,即六种所依与无所依的分别。意界所识者,为色等五法。显示巴利原文
Chavatthuavatthubhedatoti channaṃ vatthūnaṃ, avatthussa ca bhedato. Manodhātuviññeyyaṃ rūpādipañcakaṃ.
由于意处是无色的,而法处部分有色,故说“依处的差别有十一种”。显示巴利原文
Manāyatanassa arūpattā, dhammāyatanassa ca ekadesato rūpattā āha ‘‘āyatanabhedato ekādasavidha’’nti.
743-5 无色有中无色生起,无想有属于色有,故说“于欲有与色有二有中”。 “排除地居天”是指排除了地居天,因为他们在生类分别上与人相似。“前三种”指卵生、湿生、胎生。这些在如前所述的区分中不被允许,因此撇开了它们,也就是许可了最后一种化生。其中,“地狱”包括了近边地狱,即使在无间大地狱中,昆虫等身也是后来才长大出生的;饥渴饿鬼由于常受痛苦而无贪欲,故不入胎,因此那里没有卵生和湿生。有人说,因为子宫被燃烧,不能安立胎生。又因投生者由恶业之力将受大苦,所以必然具有大身,因此他们也没有湿生;有人说,由于被火焰烧灼,其身量如同火焰,出生时在非湿润的花丛等处无法和合生起,所以决定没有湿生。因此,他们唯是化生,故说“饥渴饿鬼”。那么,湿生与化生有何差别?湿生最初是微细之身,依莲花胎等出生,渐渐长大;化生则在出生之处即已具有限定大小的身体,诸根肢体明现,如同十六岁的少年。显示巴利原文
743-5. Arūpabhave rūpuppattiyā abhāvato, asaññībhavassa ca rūpabhavapariyāpannattā vuttaṃ ‘‘kāmarūpabhavadvaye’’ti. Bhummavajjesūti bhummadevānaṃ vajjanaṃ yonivibhāgaṃ patvā tesaṃ manussasadisattā. Purimā tissoti aṇḍajajalābujasaṃsedajayoniyo. Tā hi yathāvuttappabhedesu na labbhanti, tāsañca paṭikkhepena pacchimā opapātikayoni anuññātāti atthato āpannameva hotīti. Tattha nirayeti ussadānampi gahaṇato avīcimahāniraye kīṭapāṇakānampi sarīraṃ pacchā vaḍḍhanakaṃ hutvāva nibbattati, nijjhāmataṇhikapetānaṃ niccāturatāya kāmassa abhāvato gabbhaggahaṇaṃ na hoti, tasmā aṇḍajajalābujayoniyo tattha na santi, ādittattā kucchiyaṃ gabbhaṃ na patiṭṭhātīti keci. Nibbattamānānañca pāpakammānubhāvena mahādukkhassa pattabbatāya mahanteneva sarīrena bhavitabbanti saṃsedajayonipi tesaṃ na hoti, aggijālāya santappamānasarīrattā tesaṃ nibbattakāle allaṭṭhāne pupphādīsu sambhavābhāvato saṃsedajatā natthevātipi vadanti. Tena tesaṃ opapātikāva yonīti āha ‘‘nijjhāmataṇhike’’ti. Atha saṃsedajaopapātikayonīnaṃ ko visesoti? Saṃsedajo tāva khuddakasarīro hutvā padumagabbhādiṃ nissāya nibbatto kamena vaḍḍhati. Itaro pana yattha yattha nibbattati, tattha tattha paricchinnappamāṇasarīrova soḷasavassuddesiko viya paripuṇṇaṅgapaccaṅgo pāturahosi.
“其余三趣”指排除天趣和地狱趣,剩下的人、饿鬼、畜生三趣。人中有的是卵生,如衮塔普塔双胞胎长老等;有的是湿生,如生于莲胎中的波库拉萨提婆罗门等;有的是化生,如庵婆婆利等。除饥渴饿鬼之外的其余饿鬼,以及所有四足、两足等各类畜生,都包含四种生。显示巴利原文
Sese gatittayeti ṭhapetvā devagatiṃ, nirayagatiñca avasesamanussapetatiracchānasaññite gatittaye. Manussesu hi keci aṇḍajāpi honti kuntaputtadvebhātikattherā viya, keci saṃsedajāpi honti padumagabbhe nibbattapokkharasātibrāhmaṇādayo viya, keci opapātikāpi honti ambapāligaṇikādayo viya. Nijjhāmataṇhikāvasesapetā pana sabbacatuppadapakkhijātidīghajātiādayo sabbepi tiracchānā ca catuyonikāvāti.
746-7 “卧于胎中母腹”者,即卧胎者;因彼于色等处执为有情,故称为卧胎有情。对于此卧胎有情而言,“三十色”是指依身十法、性根十法、所依十法,唯此三十业生色。因为那时并没有心生色——结生心不能作为色的等起;也没有时节生色——因为先前生起的时节尚未存在。时节须至住位方能等起色法;亦无食生色,因为此身尚未吞咽食物。因此,在结生那一刹那,唯由业等起这三十种色,即称为“羯罗蓝”者——当这团色聚凝结时,犹如以发丝挑起澄清的胡麻油,悬挂于发尖的那一滴,明净清澈,宛如胡麻油滴一般。显示巴利原文
746-7. Gabbhe mātukucchiyaṃ setīti gabbhaseyyako, soyeva rūpādīsu sattatāya gabbhaseyyakasatto. Tassa gabbhaseyyakasattassa. Tiṃsa rūpānīti kāyabhāvavatthudasakavasena samatiṃsa kammajarūpāniyeva. Tadā hi neva cittajarūpamatthi paṭisandhicittassa rūpasamuṭṭhāpakattābhāvato, nāpi utujaṃ purimuppannautuno abhāvā. Utu hi ṭhānappattaṃ rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, na ca āhārajaṃ tasmiṃ kāye ajjhohaṭassa abhāvato, tasmā kammasamuṭṭhānāniyeva tiṃsa rūpāni paṭisandhikkhaṇe nibbattanti, yānī ‘‘kalalarūpa’’nti pavuccanti, paripiṇḍitāni ca tāni jātiuṇṇāya ekassa aṃsuno pasannatilatele pakkhipitvā uddhaṭassa paggharitvā agge ṭhitabindumattāni acchāni vippasannāni pasannatelabindusamānāni honti. Yathāhu –
“如胡麻油之水滴,
如酥酪般清净无浊;
如是,即相似之色。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tilatelassa yathā bindu, Sappimaṇḍo anāvilo; Evaṃ vaṇṇapaṭibhāgaṃ, Kalalanti pavuccatī’’ti. (vibha. aṭṭha. 26);
“唯自性有”——这一决定词显示:由于无性者没有“有性十法”,三十种色便不能生起。因此说:“无性……乃至……依身与所依”。有人说“无性卧胎者”是为了表明无性的化生并非如此。应知前面已述自性有的卧胎者,为了遮除他们,才说“无性卧胎有情”。前面以“卧胎”一词也含摄了卵生,此处特别另说,是依牛、羊等的理趣,并非为了遮除无性有。若不如此,便与二十色的说法相违。此处的无性有,应依卵生的理趣来理解。因为“无性”作为复合词的一部分,不能在此单独取出。显示巴利原文
Sabhāvassevāti avadhāraṇena abhāvakassa bhāvadasakābhāvato tiṃsarūpānaṃ asambhavaṃ dīpeti. Tenāha ‘‘abhāva…pe… kāyavatthuvasena tū’’ti. Abhāvagabbhaseyyānanti iminā abhāvaopapātikānaṃ na evanti dassetīti keci. Pubbe sabhāvakagabbhaseyyakassa pana vatvā tato nivattanatthaṃ ‘‘abhāvagabbhaseyyakasattāna’’nti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pubbe gabbhaseyyaka-ggahaṇena aṇḍajānampi gahaṇe idha visuṃ vacanaṃ gobalībaddañāyavasenāti daṭṭhabbaṃ, na pana tesaṃ abhāvakabhāvanivattanatthanti. Itarathā hi vīsatirūpānaṃ vacanaṃ virujjhati. Abhāvakabhāvo panettha aṇḍajānaṃ pakaraṇato daṭṭhabbo. Na hi gabbhaseyyaka-saddena samāsabhūtaṃ abhāva-saddaṃ idha ānetuṃ sakkāti.
748 以“取已取”的方式,此处有色法十一种。即:在一色聚中为已取之色,于另一色聚中则为未取。故有纯八法聚、命根、身净色、心所依色——此为无因者于结生刹那的十一种色法;若是有因者,则在二因中随具一因,便有十二种色法。在已说及将说的结生刹那诸色聚中,当以“未取之取”而取色时,应知正是此理。显示巴利原文
748.Gahitāgahaṇenettha, ekādasa bhavanti teti ekasmiṃ kalāpe gahitarūpānaṃ aparakalāpe aggahaṇavasena suddhaṭṭhakaṃ, jīvitaṃ, kāyapasādo, vatthurūpanti abhāvakassa paṭisandhikkhaṇe ekādasa rūpāni bhavanti, sabhāvakassa pana dvīsu bhāvesu ekena saha dvādasa rūpāni honti. Eseva ca nayoti vuttesu, vakkhamānesu ca paṭisandhikkhaṇikakalāpesu aggahitaggahaṇena rūpaggahaṇe nayo eseva ñeyyo.
749 难道不是曾说过“在一切十法聚中”吗?那么,这些十法聚又当如何了知呢?因而说“以命根等”等语。所谓“纯八法聚”,即四大种及其所依的色、香、味、食素,此为不与命根等相杂的纯八法聚。正是这八种色法,在某些情况下,即便以不可分离的方式存在,也还被称为不可分离色,至少名为一色聚。然而,阿阇梨觉音长老说:“以完成色与非完成色的方式,十种色法不可分离地存在,即为一色聚。”随后,为证成此义,如是说:显示巴利原文
749. Nanu ca ‘‘sabbesu dasakesū’’ti vuttaṃ, kathaṃ pana te dasakā jānitabbāti āha ‘‘jīvitenā’’tiādi. Suddhakamaṭṭhakanti cattāri mahābhūtāni, tannissitā ca vaṇṇagandharasaojāti idaṃ jīvitādinā asammissaṃ suddhaṭṭhakaṃ. Imāniyeva hi aṭṭha katthaci avinibbhogavasenapi pavattito avinibbhogarūpāni avakaṃsato eko kalāpoti ca vuccati. Ācariyajotipālattherena pana ‘‘nipphannānipphannavasena dasa rūpāni avinibbhogavuttikāni eko kalāpo’’ti vatvā puna taṃsamatthanatthaṃ idaṃ vuttaṃ –
“以不可分离的方式而存在者,有四因、一相;
在完成色中,除去八种,以身相为相。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Avinibbhogavuttīni, catujānekalakkhaṇā; Nipphannānaṭṭha vā tesu, hitvāna kāyalakkhaṇe’’ti.
750 750. “身十法聚”者:此处,身为第十,故为身十法聚;或由不共的身所标示的十法聚,称为身十法聚。同理,也适用于眼十法聚等。已包含、已了知、已说,这是其义。显示巴利原文
750.Kāyadasakanti kāyo dasamo etthāti kāyadasakaṃ, asādhāraṇena vā kāyena lakkhitaṃ dasakaṃ kāyadasakaṃ. Esa nayo cakkhudasakādīsu. Pariyāpuṭaṃ ñātaṃ, kathitanti vā attho.
752-3 752-3. 在欲界诸天中,于一切时,无论结生或转起,皆可获得七十种色法,因此说“恒常具有七十种色法”。因为他们任何时候都不会是根残缺者或无因者。虽然笼统地说“人类中的化生有情”,但应知:对于劫初之人,由于在结生刹那没有性根十法聚,他们有六十种色法。命根九法聚也仅存在于化生及湿生的欲界有情的转起中,因为它与消化之火俱在,且依于已吞咽的食物而生起。而湿生者出生时即具足诸肢节,与化生者无差别,故未单独列出他们。在《分别论》中亦说:显示巴利原文
752-3. Kāmāvacaradevesu sabbakālaṃ paṭisandhipavattīsu sattatiyā rūpānaṃ labbhanato vuttaṃ ‘‘niccaṃ rūpāni sattatī’’ti. Na hi te kadācipi vikalindriyā, abhāvakā vā honti. ‘‘Manussesu opapātikasattāna’’nti avisesena vuttepi ādikappikānaṃ bhāvadasakassa paṭisandhikkhaṇe abhāvato tesaṃ saṭṭhi rūpānīti veditabbaṃ. Jīvitanavakampi opapātikānaṃ, saṃsedajānañca kāmāvacarasattānaṃ pavatteyeva hoti tassa pācakagginā sahavuttittā, tassa ca ajjhohaṭāhārasannissayena sambhavato. Saṃsedajānampi paripuṇṇaṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ nibbattanato opapātikehi viseso natthīti tesaṃ visuṃ aggahaṇaṃ. Vibhaṅgepi hi –
在欲界结生刹那,有些有情有十一处现起,有些有十处现起,有些有另外的十处现起,有些有九处现起,有些有七处现起。”(《分别论》1009)显示巴利原文
‘‘Kāmadhātuyā upapattikkhaṇe kassaci ekādasāyatanāni pātubhavanti, kassaci dasāyatanāni, kassaci aparāni dasāyatanāni, kassaci navāyatanāni, kassaci sattāyatanāni pātubhavantī’’ti (vibha. 1009) –
在此解说中,以“化生有情”等语,唯举化生,未提湿生。这是因为具足诸处的湿生者已被摄于化生之中。正如注释书中所说:“湿生者因具足诸处,故摄入化生而说。”又或为彰显一切具足诸处之生类,而以“化生有情”作为主要之生类而说。显示巴利原文
Imassa niddese ‘‘opapātikasattāna’’ntiādinā opapātika-ggahaṇameva kataṃ, na saṃsedaja-ggahaṇaṃ. Tañca paripuṇṇāyatanānaṃ saṃsedajānaṃ opapātikesu saṅgaṇhanato. Tathā hi vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘saṃsedajayonikā paripuṇṇāyatanabhāvena opapātikasaṅgahaṃ katvā vuttā’’ti. Padhānāya vā yoniyā sabbaparipuṇṇāyatanayoniṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘opapātikasattāna’’nti vuttaṃ.
754-5 754-5. “依眼、耳、心所依处”:即依眼十法聚、耳十法聚、心所依处十法聚。然而,阿难陀尊者在此则说:“在色界,与结生识俱生者,乃依眼、耳、心所依处七法聚及命根六法聚,以此四聚而有二十七种色法生起,因色界中香、味、食已被排斥故。”其后,为证成此义,更云:“圣典中确说:‘色界结生刹那,除无想有情天外,有五处现起,有五界现起’(《分别论》1015)。而所谓‘色界有六处、九界’(《分别论》994)等,则是为显示彼处存在之诸处、诸界,以总摄方式而说。在《论事》中,如同鼻处等,香处等亦于彼处被排斥:‘彼处有鼻处否?’‘有。’‘彼处有香处否?’‘不应如是说’等(《论事》520)。再者,犹如无触处而有地界等,色界虽无香处、味处,其中香、味却非可说为存在,何以故?犹如地等自性离可触知性即不可得,离香处、味处自性之香、味自性亦不可得。若谓因无有鼻触等缘,故不应称之为处者,然‘界’之一词,意在表示无有情、无命者,故无理由不称香界、味界。而且,必当承认他们之法自性,因若无有其体,则不应说‘无想有情天中,声处亦不可得’等等。显示巴利原文
754-5.Cakkhusotavatthuvasāti cakkhudasakasotadasakavatthudasakavasā. Ānandācariyo panettha ‘‘rūpadhātuyaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇena saha cakkhusotavatthusattakānaṃ jīvitachakkassāti catunnaṃ kalāpānaṃ vasena sattavīsati rūpāni uppajjanti, tattha gandharasāhārānaṃ paṭikkhittattā’’ti vatvā puna taṃ samatthento ‘‘pāḷiyañhi ‘rūpadhātuyā upapattikkhaṇe ṭhapetvā asaññasattānaṃ devānaṃ pañcāyatanāni pātubhavanti, pañca dhātuyo pātubhavantī’ti (vibha. 1015) vuttaṃ. Tathā ‘rūpadhātuyā cha āyatanāni nava dhātuyo’ti (vibha. 994) sabbasaṅgāhakavasena tattha vijjamānāyatanadhātuyo dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Kathāvatthumhi ca ghānāyatanādīnaṃ viya gandhāyatanādīnañca tattha bhāvo paṭikkhitto ‘atthi tattha ghānāyatananti? Āmantā. Atthi tattha gandhāyatananti? Na hevaṃ vattabbe’tiādinā (kathā. 520). Na ca aphoṭṭhabbāyatanānaṃ pathavīdhātuādīnaṃ viya agandharasāyatanānaṃ gandharasānaṃ tattha bhāvo sakkā vattuṃ phusituṃ sakkuṇeyyatāvinimuttassa pathavīādisabhāvassa viya gandharasāyatanabhāvavinimuttassa gandharasabhāvassa abhāvā. Yadi ca ghānasamphassādīnaṃ kāraṇabhāvo natthīti tāni āyatanānīti na vucceyyuṃ, dhātusaddo pana nissattanijjīvavibhāvakoti gandhadhāturasadhātūti avacane kāraṇaṃ natthi. Dhammasabhāvo ca nesaṃ ekantena icchitabbo sabhāvadhāraṇādilakkhaṇato aññassa abhāvā. Dhammānañca āyatanabhāvo ekantato yamake vutto ‘dhammo āyatananti? Āmantā’ti (yama. 1.āyatanayamaka.13), tasmā tesaṃ gandharasāyatanabhāvābhāvepi koci āyatanabhāvo vattabbo. Yadi ca phoṭṭhabbabhāvato añño pathavīādibhāvo viya gandharasabhāvato añño tesaṃ koci sabhāvo siyā, tesaṃ dhammāyatanasaṅgaho. Gandharasabhāve, pana āyatanabhāve ca sati gandho ca so āyatanañca gandhāyatanaṃ, raso ca so āyatanañca rasāyatananti idamāpannamevāti gandharasāyatanabhāvo ca na sakkā nivāretuṃ, ‘tayo āhārā’ti (vibha. 1015) vacanato kabaḷīkārāhārassa tattha abhāvo viññāyati, tasmā yathā pāḷiyā avirodho hoti, tathā gandharasojā hitvā rūpagaṇanā kātabbā. Evañhi dhammatā na vilomatā hotī’’ti vadati.
然而,阿阇梨觉提波罗法护长老们对此不予认可。他们说:“由于色界众生没有鼻处与舌处,即便有香与味存在,它们也不起处的作用。”他们未加仔细审察,而巴利圣典中则有“五处出现”、“六处”(《分别论》993-994)等说法。说到“三食”,因为没有可吞咽的食,便不能生起以食素为第八的色聚之等起——这一名为食的作用,并非香、味及食素完全不存在。如此,由于能取者的作用不存在,所取作为具有作用性质的法便不被宣说。因为在某一生存地中,若无能取者,即使它存在,所取也不会有以彼为因的直接处义,正如在同一色有中,地、火、风界不依触处的方式被宣说一样。然而,某处在某地被宣说,是由于该处有能取者存在为因,才说它具有直接的处义,正如对同一处的色处所宣说的那样。如果说所取的直接处义以能取者存在为因,那么无想有情为何有二处出现?因为无想有情并没有眼处。难道由于没有眼处,色处就不是其他有情的所取了吗?这并不矛盾。正是基于色界有想者不宣说香处等的同样用意,才不能说色处也不被宣说,否则无想者就不应说显示巴利原文
Ācariyajotipāladhammapālattherā pana taṃ paṭikkhipanti. Tathā ca vuttaṃ tehi ‘‘rūpāvacarasattānaṃ ghānajivhāyatanābhāvato vijjamānāpi gandharasā āyatanakiccaṃ na karontī’’ti, te anāmasitvā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘pañcāyatanāni pātubhavantī’’ti ‘‘cha āyatanānī’’ti (vibha. 993-994) ca ādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Tayo āhārā’’ti ca ajjhoharitabbassa āhārassa abhāvena ojaṭṭhamakarūpasamuṭṭhāpanasaṅkhātassa āhārakiccassa akaraṇato, na sabbena sabbaṃ gandharasānaṃ, ojāya ca abhāvato. Iti visayino kiccassa abhāvena visayo kiccabhāvadhammo na vutto. Yasmiñhi bhave visayī natthi, tasmiṃ taṃhetuko nippariyāyena visayassa āyatanabhāvo natthīti vijjamānassāpi avacanaṃ, yathā tattheva rūpabhave pathavītejovāyodhātūnaṃ phoṭṭhabbāyatanabhāvena. Yassa pana yattha vacanaṃ, tassa tattha visayīsabbhāvahetuko nippariyāyena āyatanabhāvo vutto, yathā tattheva rūpāyatanassa. Yadi visayīsabbhāvahetuko visayassa nippariyāyena āyatanabhāvo, kathamasaññasattānaṃ dve āyatanāni pātubhavanti. Asaññasattānañhi cakkhāyatanaṃ natthi. Atha tadabhāvena rūpāyatanaṃ aññesaṃ avisayoti? Nāyaṃ virodho. Yena adhippāyena rūpadhātuyaṃ saññīnaṃ gandhāyatanādīnaṃ avacanaṃ, tena na rūpāyatanassāpi avacananti asaññīnaṃ ekaṃ āyatanaṃ na vattabbaṃ. Yathāsakañhi indriyagocarabhāvāpekkhāya yesaṃ nippariyāyena āyatanabhāvo atthi, tesu niddisiyamānesu tadabhāvato rūpadhātuyaṃ saññīnaṃ gandhādike visuṃ āyatanabhāvena avatvā dhammasabhāvānativattanato, manoviññāṇassa ca visayabhāvūpagamanato dhammāyatanantogadhe katvā ‘‘pañcāyatanānī’’ti pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Etadatthañhi dhammāyatananti sāmaññato nāmakaraṇaṃ piṭṭhivaṭṭakāni vā tāni katvā ‘‘pañcāyatanānī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yena ca pana adhippāyena asaññīnaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ vuttaṃ, tena saññīnaṃ, asaññīnampi gandhāyatanādīnaṃ visuṃ gahaṇaṃ kātabbanti imassa nayassa dassanatthaṃ ‘‘asaññasattānaṃ devānaṃ dve āyatanāni pātubhavantī’’ti (vibha. 1017) vuttaṃ.
即便在那里没有自己的根,色的色处自性也绝无任何超越,因此它仍被称为色处。通过显示这一理趣,将香等三处纳入之后,有想者有八处,无想者有五处——这一意义便得以显示。应当如此接受此说;否则,由于在色界中不能触,地等便不存在,梵天的语声也就无从生起。因为若无撞击与摩擦,声音便不会生起;而具有可触自性者,在任何地方都不可能被认知为不可触的自性。再者,若色有中没有触处及三种大种,色处等的存在也就根本不可能。因此,尽管地等在那里可以被触,但由于没有身根,它们的触处义并未被宣说。这样,色界中它们具有有对性的说法也就得以成立了。因为确实有说:“无想有情依一种不可见有对的大种……乃至……依二种大种”等。显示巴利原文
Asatipi hi tattha attano indriyesu rūpassa vaṇṇāyatanasabhāvātikkamo natthevāti taṃ rūpāyatanantveva vuccati. Iminā ca nayadassanena gandhādīni tīṇi pakkhipitvā saññīnaṃ aṭṭha āyatanāni, asaññīnaṃ pañcāti ayamattho dassito hoti. Evañcetaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, aññathā rūpaloke phusituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya pathavīādīnaṃ brahmūnaṃ vacīghoso eva ca na siyā. Na hi paṭighaṭṭananighaṃsanamantarena saddappavatti atthi, na ca phusanasabhāvānaṃ katthaci aphusanasabhāvatā sakkā viññātuṃ, phoṭṭhabbāyatanassa ca bhūtattayassa abhāve rūpabhave rūpāyatanādīnampi sambhavo eva na siyā, tasmā phusituṃ sakkuṇeyyatāyapi pathavīādīnaṃ tattha kāyindriyābhāvena tesaṃ phoṭṭhabbabhāvo na vutto. Evañca katvā rūpadhātuyaṃ tesaṃ sappaṭighatāvacanañca samatthitaṃ hoti. Vuttañhi ‘‘asaññasattānaṃ anidassanasappaṭighaṃ ekaṃ mahābhūtaṃ paṭicca…pe… dve mahābhūtā’’tiādi.
所谓“对”,是指三种大种撞击身净色、以及撞击依它们而住的大种,通过门而现前。但在此处,由于其自性如此,且因为没有撞击而不能被触,那种“对”便不存在。如果在没有能取者的情况下,仍取色处而说为“二处”,那么为何不取香处等而说为“五处”呢?其意义如前所述,说法是依理趣显示的方式进行的。或者,那里对于色处的宣说,有时是就其他地居者的净色成为其境而言的,并非因为其他处不存在,也不是因为香处等没有间接的处义。显示巴利原文
Paṭigho ca nāma bhūtattayassa kāyapasādaṃ pati tannissayabhūtaghaṭṭanaṃ dvārena abhimukhabhāvo, idha pana taṃsabhāvatā, so ca phusituṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvo ghaṭṭanāya abhāvato natthi. Yadi tattha asatipi visayimhi rūpāyatanampi gahetvā ‘‘dve āyatanānī’’ti vuttaṃ, atha kasmā gandhāyatanādīni gahetvā ‘‘pañcāyatanānī’’ti na vuttanti? Nayadassanavasena desanā pavattāti vuttovāyamattho. Atha vā tattha rūpāyatanasseva vacanaṃ kadāci aññabhūmikānaṃ pasādassa visayabhāvaṃ sandhāya, na pana itaresaṃ abhāvato, nāpi pariyāyena gandhāyatanādīnaṃ āyatanabhāvābhāvato.
因为无想有情的色处,能成为同地而居的广果天以及上地净居天的净色所缘,而香、味则不能,所以唯独不宣说它们存在于彼处,是合理的。在《论事》中,是为了驳斥那些认为香处等以如实(非譬喻)方式存在的人而作的否定。即便此语在那并非为了显示香处等不存在,但难道没有其他语句表明它们存在吗?并非如此,因为在注释书中,已确定地宣说了香处等存在于彼处。凡是不与巴利圣典相违的注释书之说,皆如圣典一样是定量,因为它是经由无有过失的历代师承传递至今的缘故。于此,有人或问:‘凡是不与巴利圣典相违的注释书之说,才被视为定量,但此说难道不与圣典相违吗?’并非如此,因为如前所示,此说并无相违。为了显示眼等处,以及依他们而住的识,这七种空性,世尊宣说了界论;既然已宣说了以处义被说明者的界义,即使不再另行宣说它们的界义,也是合理的。因此,应知此处依眼十法聚等来计算色法,与巴利圣典并无相违,于此不应生起违逆法性的疑惑。显示巴利原文
Asaññīnañhi rūpāyatanaṃ samānatalavāsīnaṃ vehapphalānaṃ, uparibhūmikānañca suddhāvāsānaṃ pasādassa visayabhāvaṃ gacchati, na pana gandharasāti tesaṃyeva tattha avacanaṃ yuttaṃ. Kathāvatthumhi ca nippariyāyena gandhāyatanādīnaṃ atthibhāvaṃ parijānantaṃ sandhāya paṭisedho kato. Yadipi cetaṃ vacanaṃ tattha gandhāyatanādīnaṃ abhāvavibhāvanaṃ na hoti, atthibhāvadīpanampi pana aññavacanaṃ natthevāti? Nayidamevaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu tattha tesaṃ atthibhāvassa niddhāretvā vuttattā. Yañhi aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ pāḷiyā na virujjhati, taṃ pāḷi viya pamāṇabhūtaṃ avigarahitāya ācariyaparamparāya yāvajjatanā āgatattā. Tattha siyā ‘‘yaṃ pāḷiyā na virujjhati aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ, taṃ pamāṇaṃ, idaṃ pana virujjhatī’’ti? Nayidamevaṃ, yathā na virujjhati, tathā paṭipāditattā. Cakkhādīnaṃ āyatanānaṃ, tannissayānañca viññāṇānaṃ sattasuññatāsandassanatthaṃ bhagavato dhātudesanāti āyatanabhāvena vuttānaṃyeva dhātubhāvadīpanato dhātubhāvassāpi tesaṃ avacanaṃ yujjati eva, tasmā yathā pāḷiyā avirodho hoti, tathā cakkhudasakādivasena idha rūpagaṇanā katāti na ettha dhammatāvilomanāsaṅkāya okāsoti veditabbanti.
756 756.“生盲聋哑”是为了保护韵律而作的长音。因为对于无生盲、聋、无鼻、无性的中性人,以基、身、舌十法聚等而说此处有三十色,是不合理的。而此说是引用了注释书的说法:“对于化生的、无生盲、聋、无鼻、无性的中性人,依舌、身、基十法聚而生起三十种色。”然而,阿难陀阿阇梨却以“此与巴利圣典不符”为由,反对此说。他如此说道:“此与巴利圣典不符。”因为在巴利圣典中,并未宣说欲界的湿生、化生者中有无鼻者的生起。显示巴利原文
756.Jaccandhabadhirāti chandānurakkhaṇatthaṃ dīghakaraṇaṃ. Na hi jaccandhabadhiraaghānarahite napuṃsake vatthukāyajivhādasakavasena idha tiṃsāti yujjati, idañca ‘‘opapātikassa jaccandhabadhiraghānarahite napuṃsake jivhākāyavatthudasakānaṃ vasena tiṃsa rūpāni uppajjantī’’ti aṭṭhakathāvādaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ. Ānandācariyo pana taṃ ‘‘pāḷiyā na sametī’’ti vatvā paṭikkhipati. Tathā cāha ‘‘netaṃ pāḷiyā sametī’’ti. Na hi pāḷiyaṃ kāmāvacarānaṃ saṃsedajopapātikānaṃ aghānakānaṃ uppatti vuttā.
因为《法心分别》中说:显示巴利原文
Dhammahadayavibhaṅge hi –
在欲界结生刹那,或有众生有十一处现起,或有众生有十处现起,或有众生另有十处现起,或有众生有九处现起,或有众生有七处现起。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kāmadhātuyā upapattikkhaṇe kassaci ekādasāyatanāni pātubhavanti, kassaci dasāyatanāni, kassaci aparāni dasāyatanāni, kassaci navāyatanāni, kassaci sattāyatanāni pātubhavantī’’ti (vibha. 1009) –
(巴利中)虽已有说,但并未说“有八处现起”。若有无鼻者的结生,则应当说三回“十处现起”以及三回“九处现起”,然而并未如此说。而《双论》中又说鼻处与舌处同时生起,这应细察之后而取解。此处阿阇梨的意图是:在《法心分别》的巴利文中,“十一”是就诸根具足者而言,除声处外有十一处;“有些人有十处”指盲者而除眼处;“另有十处”指聋者而除耳处;“九处”指盲聋者而除眼耳二处;“七处”是就胎生者而说,依色、香、味、身触、意、法处而立。如果眼耳鼻有缺陷者也出生,则应当说有八处,但并未说“八处现起”,因此眼耳鼻有缺陷者是不存在的。如果有无鼻者的结生,则应当再说“有些人另有十处现起”。若如此,则如同依盲聋者说一次“有些人有九处现起”那样,也应当依盲而无鼻者、聋而无鼻者而言“有些人另有九处,有些人另有九处”。由于欲有中不存在无舌的众生,且《双论》中说鼻处与舌处同时生起,故知在欲界中无鼻者不可能存在。显示巴利原文
Vuttaṃ, na vuttaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhāyatanāni pātubhavantī’’ti. Yadi hi aghānakassāpi upapatti siyā, tikkhattuṃ ‘‘dasāyatanāni pātubhavantī’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, tikkhattuñca ‘‘navāyatanāni pātubhavantī’’ti, na cetaṃ vuttaṃ. Yamake ca ghānajivhānaṃ sahappavatti vuttāti taṃ upaparikkhitvā gahetabbanti. Ayañhettha ācariyassa adhippāyo – dhammahadayavibhaṅgapāḷiyañhi ‘‘ekādasā’’ti paripuṇṇāyatanassa saddāyatanavajjāni ekādasāyatanāni vuttāni, ‘‘kassaci dasāyatanānī’’ti andhassa cakkhāyatanavajjāni, ‘‘aparāni dasāyatanānī’’ti badhirassa sotāyatanavajjāni, ‘‘navāyatanānī’’ti andhabadhirassa cakkhusotavajjāni, ‘‘sattāyatanānī’’ti gabbhaseyyakassa rūpagandharasakāyaphoṭṭhabbamanadhammāyatanavasena vuttaṃ. Yadi cakkhusotaghānavikalopi uppajjeyya, tassa aṭṭhevāyatanāni vattabbāni siyuṃ, na ca vuttaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhāyatanāni pātubhavantī’’ti, tasmā nattheva cakkhusotaghānavikalo. Sati aghānakaupapattiyaṃ punapi ‘‘kassaci aparāni dasāyatanāni pātubhavantī’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā. Tathā ca sati yathā andhabadhirassa vasena ‘‘kassaci navāyatanāni pātubhavantī’’ti ekavāraṃ vuttaṃ, evaṃ andhāghānakassa, badhirāghānakassa ca vasena ‘‘kassaci aparāni navāyatanāni, kassaci aparāni navāyatanānī’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā. Kāmabhave ajivhassa sattassābhāvato, ghānajivhāyatanānaṃ sahappavattivacanato ca tattheva kāmadhātuyaṃ aghānakassāsambhavoti.
然而,光护长老等人则说:“对于湿生的生盲、生聋、无鼻、非男非女者,依舌、身、心所依十法而有三十种色生起”,这只是就湿生者而言,并非就化生者而言。而《法心分别》的巴利文中说“在结生刹那”,因此是依化生者而引导理趣。在《双论注》中也说:“欲界中不存在无鼻的化生者。若有,则应当说有些人有八处现起。”而《法心分别》中在对“欲界结生刹那,有些人有十一处现起”等作解说时,只举出“化生者、饿鬼”等化生者,并未举出湿生者。这应当理解为:诸根具足的湿生者被摄入化生者中而说。正如注释书所说:“湿生者因诸根具足而被摄入化生者中说”,或者“为了以主要生类统摄一切诸根具足的生处而显示,故说化生者”。因此,并无任何巴利文上的矛盾。显示巴利原文
Jotipālattherādayo pana ‘‘saṃsedajassa jaccandhabadhiraaghānakanapuṃsakassa jivhākāyavatthudasakānaṃ vasena tiṃsarūpāni uppajjantīti vuttaṃ, na opapātikassa. Dhammahadayavibhaṅgapāḷiyañca ‘upapattikkhaṇe’ti vuttattā opapātikasseva vasena nayo nīto. Yamakaṭṭhakathāyañca vuttaṃ ‘kāmadhātuyaṃ aghānako opapātiko natthi. Yadi bhaveyya, kassaci aṭṭhāyatanāni pātubhavantīti vadeyyā’ti, yampi dhammahadayavibhaṅge ‘kāmadhātuyā upapattikkhaṇe kassaci ekādasāyatanāni pātubhavantī’tiādīnaṃ niddese ‘opapātikānaṃ petāna’ntiādinā opapātika-ggahaṇameva kataṃ, na pana saṃsedaja-ggahaṇaṃ, taṃ paripuṇṇāyatanānaṃyeva saṃsedajānaṃ opapātikesu saṅgahavasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tathā hi vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘saṃsedajayonikā paripuṇṇāyatanabhāvena opapātikasaṅgahaṃ katvā vuttā’ti, padhānāya vā yoniyā sabbaṃ paripuṇṇāyatanaṃ yoniṃ saṅgahetvā dassetuṃ ‘opapātikāna’nti vuttanti ca, tasmā na koci pāḷivirodho’’ti vadanti.
另有人则说:“‘欲界中并无无鼻的化生者;若有,则应说某些有情有八处现起。’这是针对人间湿生与化生者而言的,他们诸根具足。然而,由于确有某些无鼻的昆虫,因此这话是针对恶趣中的湿生与化生者而说的。”依阿难陀阿阇梨等人的见解,此说唯应驳斥。显示巴利原文
Apare panāhu – ‘‘kāmadhātuyaṃ aghānako opapātiko natthi. Yadi bhaveyya, kassaci aṭṭhāyatanāni pātubhavantīti vadeyyāti idaṃ manussesu saṃsedajopapātikānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ, te paripuṇṇāyatanāva . Kesañci pana aghānakakīṭānaṃ atthibhāvato apāyesu saṃsedajopapātike sandhāyetaṃ vutta’’nti vadanti. Taṃ ānandācariyādīnaṃ matena paṭikkhepārahamevāti.
757-8 757-8. “在最高与最低之间”,即指“七十”所示的最上限与“三十”所示的最下限二者中间。“相应地……能分别者”的意思是:生盲者有六十种色,因无眼十法;同样,聋者因无耳十法;盲聋者则有五十种色,因无眼、耳两种十法。依此类推,应知诸根具足与不具足的有情,其色的生起是相互观待的,应作此解。此处应说的,已说讫。显示巴利原文
757-8.Ukkaṃsassāvakaṃsassa antareti ‘‘sattatī’’ti vuttaukkaṃsaparicchedassa, ‘‘tiṃsā’’ti vuttaavakaṃsaparicchedassa ca majjhe. Anurūpato…pe… vibhāvināti jātiandhassa saṭṭhi rūpāni cakkhudasakābhāvato, tathā badhirassa sotadasakābhāvato, andhabadhirassa pana paṇṇāsa cakkhusotadasakābhāvatotiādinā nayena aññamaññāpekkhāya paripuṇṇā paripuṇṇānaṃ rūpānaṃ pāṇīnaṃ vasena rūpānaṃ samuppatti viññātabbāti attho. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ vuttamevāti.
759-60 759-60. 如此开示了三有中结生时的色生起之后,现在为了显示转起时而说“二十七色”等。对于欲界有情,若诸根具足,无盲、聋等净色障碍,则直至死亡心之前的第十七心,有二十七种色转起。对于诸根不具足者,如生盲等,应依前说之理了知色的增减。难道不是仅有二十八种色在欲有中转起吗?因此说“因不转起”等。显示巴利原文
759-60. Evaṃ tīsu bhavesu paṭisandhiyaṃ rūpappavattiṃ dassetvā idāni pavattiyaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sattavīsati rūpānī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Kāmāvacarasattassa hi paripuṇṇāyatanassa asati andhabadhirādipasādavighāte yāva maraṇacittassa heṭṭhā sattarasamacittaṃ, tāva sattavīsati rūpāni pavattanti. Aparipuṇṇāyatanassa pana jaccandhādikassa heṭṭhā vuttanayena rūpānaṃ hāyanavaḍḍhanāni veditabbāni. Nanu aṭṭhavīsatiyeva rūpāni kāmabhave pavattantīti āha ‘‘appavattanato’’tiādi.
“鼻……不存在”的意思是:由于修习离欲,对于执取香等的净色已离染,故鼻等三者不存在。然而,眼、耳为了无上见等目的而不离染,故它们生起于他们。男女二根以欲贪为依处,故不生起。有些人说:“轻快性等三者于色有中也不存在,因为没有造成迟钝等的界扰动。若有那样的界扰动,则应有其对立面的轻快性等。”这是不合理的。因为并非观待应止息的对立面,就有与之相违的法生起。若如此,则在有因唯作心生起时,身轻快性等应不存在。因此,有想梵天中,仅有五色不生起,其余二十三色生起。无想梵天中,则除去五净色、男女二根、心所依处、二表色、轻快性等三者,共十三色不生起;其余十五色生起。显示巴利原文
Ghānaṃ…pe… na vijjareti kāmavirāgabhāvanāvasena gandhādiggāhakesu pasādesu virattā hontīti ghānādittayaṃ natthi. Cakkhusotesu pana anuttaradassanādiatthaṃ virattā na hontīti tāni tesaṃ uppajjanti. Bhāvadvayaṃ kāmarāgūpanissayattā na uppajjati. Keci pana ‘‘lahutādittayampi rūpabhave natthi dandhattakarādidhātukkhobhābhāvato. Sati hi tādise dhātukkhobhe tappaṭipakkhehi lahutādīhi bhavitabba’’nti vadanti, taṃ akāraṇaṃ. Na hi vūpasametabbapaccanīkāpekkho tabbirodhidhammuppādo. Tathā sati sahetukakiriyacittuppādesu kāyalahutādīnaṃ abhāvo eva siyā, tasmā pañceva rūpāni saññībrahmānaṃ na uppajjanti, avasesāni tevīsati rūpāni uppajjanti. Asaññībrahmānaṃ pana pañca pasādarūpāni, bhāvadvayaṃ, hadayavatthu, viññattidvayaṃ, lahutādittayanti terasa rūpāni vajjetvā avasesāni pannarasa uppajjanti.
761 四相续:由四种缘而有四类相续色。于色中,有三相续:因梵天无食,故无食生色,唯有三续。有二相续:因无心与食所生色,故有二续。外界有一相续:因无业生等三缘,唯有时节生一续。显示巴利原文
761.Catusantatīti catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ vasena catusantatirūpāni. Rūpe honti tisantatīti brahmānaṃ anāhārabhāvena āhārajarūpānaṃ abhāvato tisso santatiyo. Dvisantatīti cittajāhārajānaṃ abhāvato dve santatiyo. Bahiddhā ekasantatīti kammajādīnaṃ tissannampi abhāvato utujasantatiyeva.
762-4 762-4. 如是说明了结生与转起中色的数目分别之后,现为显示其中色的生起次第,而说‘色正在生起’等。‘一切’指欲界色有的一切众生。‘然而在结生刹那’一句中,有‘三组十法’的省略。因此说‘正如’等。结生刹那的三组十法,虽于下文已说,但为了显示‘而且那是结生心的’等差别,故再次说明。由于在心的三个刹那中,业生色都生起,故说‘同样地’等。‘三十、三十’即三十、三十种业生色。显示巴利原文
762-4. Evaṃ paṭisandhipavattīsu rūpānaṃ gaṇanaparicchedaṃ vatvā idāni tattha nesaṃ uppattikkamaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘rūpaṃ nibbattamāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Sabbesanti kāmarūpabhavikānaṃ sabbasattānaṃ. Paṭisandhikkhaṇe panāti ettha dasakattayaṃ hotīti pāṭhaseso. Tenāha ‘‘yathevā’’tiādi. Paṭisandhikkhaṇe dasakattayaṃ heṭṭhā vuttampi ‘‘tañca kho sandhicittassā’’tiādikaṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ puna vuttaṃ. Cittassa tīsu khaṇesu kammajarūpānaṃ samuppattito āha ‘‘tathevā’’tiādi. Tiṃsa tiṃsevāti tiṃsa tiṃseva kammajarūpāni.
然而,阿难陀师长则说:“心的住刹那实不存在,而于灭刹那,色亦不生,是故四种等起色唯于心的生刹那生起。”他确实曾作此说——所谓心的住刹那,应当审察其究竟是有还是无。在《心双论》中,对“已生、正在生”的分判,唯说“于灭刹那,是已生而非正在生”,并未说“于住刹那及灭刹那”。同样,对“非正在生、非已生”,亦唯说“于灭刹那,非正在生而非非已生”,并未说“于住刹那及灭刹那”。如此,在“非已灭、非正在灭”的全面解答中,说了“于生刹那及未来”之后,并未提及“于住刹那”;在超越时分的章节中,说了“于灭刹那,心已超越生刹那”之后,亦未提及“于住刹那”,由此便表明了心无住刹那。纵使经中有“住者的变异性被了知”之说,由于同一法并无变异性,而被了知的变异性实为相续而住,故不可谓不可说。任一存在之法,具足两个刹那,才被称为有住。而此处所谓心于灭刹那生起色法,亦应审察。何以故?因《双论》有言:“或复有人,其集谛若灭,彼之苦谛便生起耶?否。”而且,不能将此否定的回答理解为仅就心生色而作,因为并无专门论述心生色的章节。显示巴利原文
Ānandācariyo pana ‘‘cittassa ṭhitikkhaṇameva natthi, bhaṅgakkhaṇe ca rūpuppādo natthīti catusamuṭṭhānikānipi rūpāni cittassa uppādakkhaṇeyeva hontī’’ti āha. Vuttañhi tena – yo cettha cittassa ṭhitikkhaṇo vutto, so ca atthi natthīti vicāretabbo. Cittayamake hi ‘‘uppannaṃ uppajjamāna’’nti (yama. 2.cittayamaka.81) etassa vibhaṅge ‘‘bhaṅgakkhaṇe uppannaṃ no ca uppajjamāna’’nti (yama. 2.cittayamaka.81) ettakameva vuttaṃ, na vuttaṃ ‘‘ṭhitikkhaṇe bhaṅgakkhaṇe cā’’ti. Tathā’’na uppajjamānaṃ na uppanna’’nti ettha ‘‘bhaṅgakkhaṇe na uppajjamānaṃ no ca na uppanna’’nti ettakameva vuttaṃ, na vuttaṃ ‘‘ṭhitikkhaṇe bhaṅgakkhaṇe cā’’ti. Evaṃ ‘‘na niruddhaṃ na nirujjhamāna’’nti etesaṃ paripuṇṇavissajjane ‘‘uppādakkhaṇe anāgatañcā’’ti vatvā ‘‘ṭhitikkhaṇe’’ti avacanaṃ, atikkantakālavāre ca ‘‘bhaṅgakkhaṇe cittaṃ uppādakkhaṇaṃ vītikkanta’’nti (yama. 2.cittayamaka.83) vatvā ‘‘ṭhitikkhaṇe’’ti avacanaṃ ṭhitikkhaṇābhāvaṃ cittassa dīpeti. Suttepi hi ‘‘ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññāyatī’’ti (a. ni. 3.47) tasseva ekassa aññathattābhāvato yassā aññathattaṃ paññāyati, sā santatiṭṭhitīti na na sakkā vattuṃ. Vijjamānaṃ taṃkhaṇadvayasamaṅgī ṭhitanti. Yo cettha cittassa nirodhakkhaṇe rūpuppādo vutto, so ca vicāretabbo. Kasmā? ‘‘Yassa vā pana samudayasaccaṃ nirujjhati, tassa dukkhasaccaṃ uppajjatīti? No’’ti (yama. 1.saccayamaka.136) vuttanti, na ca cittasamuṭṭhānarūpameva sandhāya paṭikkhepo katoti sakkā viññātuṃ cittasamuṭṭhānarūpādhikārassa abhāvāti.
这位师长的本怀是:在“已生、正在生”等章节中,不说“于住刹那”,正是彰显“心并无名为住刹那之物”这一意义。在如法而说的阿毗达摩中,对于可得之法却不予宣说,其中的缘由是见不到的。不仅是阿毗达摩中的默然表明了心无住刹那,经中“住者的变异性被了知”这样的文句,其义亦是如此。所谓变异性,即前后的差异状态。再者,一法如实地生起,那么它是如实地灭去,还是转变成他者而灭去呢?若如实地灭去,则老与死便不可能存在。若转变成他者而灭去,则成了全然不同的另一法,因此无论如何,住刹那都是不存在的。倘若心在灭刹那能生起色法,那么将此作为苦谛,便不能说“否”,然而经中已说“否”,由此可知:“心于灭刹那,并无色法生起。”显示巴利原文
Ācariyassa hi ayamadhippāyo – uppannauppajjamānavārādīsu ‘‘ṭhitikkhaṇe’’ti avacanaṃ ‘‘cittassa ṭhitikkhaṇaṃ nāma natthī’’ti imamatthaṃ dīpeti. Na hi yathādhammasāsane abhidhamme labbhamānassa avacane kāraṇaṃ dissati. Na kevalaṃ abhidhamme avacanameva cittassa ṭhitikkhaṇabhāvajotakaṃ, apica kho ‘‘ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññāyatī’’ti evamāgatā suttantapāḷipi. Aññathattaṃ nāma pubbāparaviseso. Apica yathā bhūto dhammo uppajjati, kiṃ tathā bhūtova bhijjati, udāhu aññathā bhūto. Yadi tathā bhūtova bhijjati, na jaratāya sambhavo. Aññathā bhūto, añño eva soti sabbathāpi ṭhitikkhaṇassa abhāvoyeva. Yadi ca cittassa bhaṅgakkhaṇe rūpaṃ uppajjeyya, taṃ dukkhasaccanti katvā ‘‘no’’ti vattuṃ na sakkā, vuttañca, tasmā viññāyati ‘‘cittassa nirodhakkhaṇe rūpuppādo natthī’’ti.
然而,师长觉护与法护长老们并不认同此说。他们主张:“纵然在同一法的所依之中,生与灭的生刹那是一种,灭刹那则是另一种。依于生起的状态故,为生刹那;依于灭去的状态故,为灭刹那。生起的状态与灭去的状态截然不同,因此,在同一自性法中,应依循所欲而作如是理解,否则便会导致‘一个法生起,另一个法灭去’的过失。如是,正如有灭去的状态,亦应有朝向灭去的状态,那即是住与老。”此说理应接受。显示巴利原文
Ācariyajotipāladhammapālattherānaṃ panetaṃ nakkhamati. Tehi ‘‘ekadhammādhārabhāvepi uppādanirodhānaṃ añño uppādakkhaṇo, añño nirodhakkhaṇo. Uppādāvatthañhi upādāya uppādakkhaṇo, nirodhāvatthaṃ upādāya nirodhakkhaṇo. Uppādāvatthāya ca bhinnā nirodhāvatthāti ekasmiṃyeva ca sabhāvadhamme yathā icchitabbā, aññathā aññoyeva dhammo uppajjati, añño nirujjhatīti āpajjeyya, evaṃ nirodhāvatthāya viya nirodhābhimukhāvatthāyapi bhavitabbaṃ, sā ṭhiti jaratā cā’’ti sampaṭicchitabbametaṃ.
若如此,为何圣典中不说明“住刹那”呢?应当了知,这是为了随顺所化者的意乐,以显示理趣的方式收录于圣典。因为阿毗达摩的教导,有时也是随顺所化者的意乐而展开的,就如将色的生起分别为“积集”与“相续”而作教导。因缘相应双论等的教导,在此可作为例证。在解答“或者,若某人……”等问难时,可针对无色界或心生色答言“否”。这也是《双论》教导的常法,即随应而连结。或者,依邻近之理:当某一集谛灭时,由彼所应生的苦谛——即与心、心所相连的色法——在那一刻并未生起,故说为“否”,并非针对一切情况而言。因此,不能否定心在住刹那和灭刹那有色的生起。这是他们的主张。显示巴利原文
Yadi evaṃ, kasmā pāḷiyaṃ ṭhitikkhaṇo na vuttoti? Vineyyajjhāsayānurodhena nayadassanavasena pāḷigatīti veditabbāti. Abhidhammadesanāpi hi kadāci vineyyajjhāsayānurodhena pavattati, yathā rūpassa uppādo ‘‘upacayo santatī’’ti bhinditvā desito. Hetusampayuttadukādidesanā cettha nidassitabbā. ‘‘Yassa vā panā’’tiādipucchāya vissajjane ca arūpalokaṃ cittasamuṭṭhānarūpaṃ vā sandhāya ‘‘no’’ti sakkā vattuṃ. Ayañhi yamakadesanāya pakati, yadidaṃ yathāsambhavayojanāti. Atha vā paccāsattiñāyena yaṃ samudayasaccaṃ nirujjhati, tena yaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ uppādetabbaṃ cittacetasikatappaṭibaddharūpasaṅkhātaṃ, tassa tadā uppatti natthīti ‘‘no’’ti vissajjanaṃ, na sabbassa vacanato, tasmā na sakkā cittassa ṭhitikkhaṇe, bhaṅgakkhaṇe ca rūpuppādanaṃ paṭikkhipitunti vadanti.
至于时节生色,则从结生心的住刹那开始,以八法或九法聚的方式生起。因为在结生刹那生起的业生色中,内在的俱生同灭之火界达到住位后,便在其住刹那令八种色法生起;彼处所生的火界,在结生心的灭刹那,以及彼处所生的第一个有分的生刹那,皆以八法聚生起;当有声音时,则与此相应而生起声九法聚。心生色则从结生后紧接着的第一个有分开始,在能生色的心的生刹那,以八法聚转起,在声音等出现时,则以声九法聚等转起。而食生色,则需经过一个或两个七日之后才生起。难道不是由咽下的食物为缘,令食素生起色法吗?然而,躺在母胎中的胎儿,哪来的咽下之食呢?那是来自母亲的。因为母亲所食之物,其滋养如同涂抹在腹中胎儿的身体上一般,起到了食的作用。因此,古德说:显示巴利原文
Utujarūpāni pana paṭisandhicittassa ṭhitikkhaṇato paṭṭhāya aṭṭhakanavakavasena uppajjanti. Paṭisandhikkhaṇe hi uppannānaṃ kammajarūpānaṃ abbhantare sahuppādaekanirodhatejodhātu ṭhānaṃ patvā tassa ṭhitikkhaṇe aṭṭha rūpāni samuṭṭhāpeti, tattha uppannā tejodhātu paṭisandhicittassa bhaṅgakkhaṇe, tattha uppannā paṭhamabhavaṅgassa uppādakkhaṇeti evamādinā aṭṭhakaṃ, kadāci saddapātubhāvakāle tena saha saddanavakañca uppajjati. Cittajarūpāni ca paṭisandhito anantaraṃ paṭhamabhavaṅgato paṭṭhāya rūpajanakacittānaṃ uppādakkhaṇe aṭṭhakavasena, saddapātubhāvādikāle saddanavakādivasena ca pavattanti. Āhārajāni pana ekassa, dvinnaṃ vā sattāhānaṃ atikkamena nibbattanti. Nanu ca ajjhohaṭāhārapaccayena āhāro rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, gabbhe sayantassa ca kuto ajjhoharaṇāhāroti? Samātito. Mātarā hi bhuttaṃ kucchigatassa sarīre abbhañjanaṃ viya āhārakiccaṃ karoti. Tenāhu porāṇā –
“母亲所食之物,”
硬食、软食和副食;
他便依此在那里维持生命,
即住在母胎中的人。』(相应部1.235)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yañcassa bhuñjatī mātā, Annaṃ pānañca bhojanaṃ; Tena so tattha yāpeti, Mātukucchigato naro’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.235);
因此,在由母亲咽下的食物所滋养的身体中,内在的食素获得缘力后令色法生起。而眼、耳、鼻、舌、身这些十法聚,则越过五种净色之处,在之后的第七个七天产生。阿难陀导师说:‘在第十一个七天。’(《分别论·根本复注·处分别》22-254)这是此处胎中者的色法转起方式。显示巴利原文
Tasmā mātarā ajjhohaṭāhārena anuggahite sarīre abbhantarikā ojā laddhappaccayā rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, cakkhusotaghānajivhādasakā pana pañcapasādāvatthaṃ atikkamma pacchā sattame sattāhe uppajjanti, ‘‘ekādasame sattāhe’’ti (yama. mūlaṭī. āyatanayamaka 22-254) ānandācariyo avoca. Ayamettha gabbhaseyyakānaṃ rūpappavattinayo.
对于化生者,在结生心的生时,有七十种业生色生起;同样地,在其住时和灭时,也各有七十种生起。如上所述,就最高与最低而言,欲界有情与色界梵天的业生色、时节生色的转起,应依前述方式随宜了知。食生色,对于欲界者,在最初吞咽自口唾液时生起;对于有想梵天,则完全不存在;对于无想者,心生色与食生色俱不存在,此是差别。在如此生起的这些色法中,于心的生时所生起之色,从与它俱生的心开始,在第十七心的灭时灭去;于住时所生起之色,在第十八心的生时灭去;于灭时所生起之色,在此心的住时灭去。如是生灭相续,直至死心以下的第十七心,随宜以四种相续等转起。然而,对于临终者,从死心之前的第十七心的住时开始,业生色便不再生起。若其生起,则无有死,因为业生色未断绝。因为,当业生色断绝时,即名为‘死’。确实说过:显示巴利原文
Opapātikānampi paṭisandhicittassa uppādakkhaṇe kammasamuṭṭhānāni sattati rūpāni uppajjanti, tathevassa ṭhitikkhaṇe, bhaṅgakkhaṇe ca sattati sattatītiādinā vuttanayena ukkaṃsāvakaṃsato kāmabhavikasattānaṃ, rūpībrahmānañca yathāvuttanayeneva yathānurūpaṃ kammasamuṭṭhānānaṃ, utusamuṭṭhānānañca pavatti veditabbā. Āhārajarūpaṃ pana kāmāvacarānaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ attano mukhagatakheḷaṃ ajjhoharaṇakāle uppajjati. Saññībrahmānaṃ taṃ sabbena sabbaṃ natthi. Asaññīnañca cittajāhārajāni natthevāti ayaṃ viseso. Evaṃ uppajjamānesu ca panetesu rūpesu yaṃ cittassa uppādakkhaṇe uppannaṃ, taṃ attanā sahuppannacittaṃ ādiṃ katvā sattarasamacittassa nirodhakkhaṇe nirujjhati, ṭhitikkhaṇe uppannaṃ aṭṭhārasamassa uppādakkhaṇe nirujjhati, bhaṅgakkhaṇe uppannaṃ imassa ṭhitikkhaṇe nirujjhatīti evaṃ uppajjantaṃ, nirujjhantañca yāva maraṇacittassa heṭṭhā sattarasamacittaṃ, tāva yathārahaṃ catusantatiādivasena pavattatīti. Āsannamaraṇassa pana cutito sattarasamacittassa ṭhitikkhaṇamādiṃ katvā kammajarūpaṃ na samuṭṭhāti. Yadi samuṭṭhāti, maraṇaṃ na siyā anupacchinnattā kammajarūpānaṃ. Kammajarūpasamucchede hi ‘‘mato’’ti vuccati. Vuttañhi –
“寿命、体温与识,当它们离开此身时;
那时,被弃置的身体卧于一处,犹如无用的木柴。'(相应部3.95)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āyu usmā ca viññāṇaṃ, yadā kāyaṃ jahantimaṃ; Apaviddho tadā seti, niratthaṃva kaliṅgara’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 3.95);
与第十七心同时生起的,则与死心一同灭去,其后不复再生。因为寿尽、因为业尽、因为二者俱尽、或因为某人的加行害——如此,虽也有食生色与依注疏意趣的心生色,但唯于业生色方有死亡。而食生色与心生色,在生命离去后亦不再生起。然而,时节生色则依然转起。同理,于湿生者也是如此;但于化生者,因无身体的弃舍,那时节生色亦不转起。显示巴利原文
Sattarasamena saha uppannañca taṃ cuticittena saha nirujjhati, aparañca na uppajjati. Āyukkhayā, kammakkhayā, ubhayakkhayā, upakkamena vā kassacīti evaṃ kammajarūpasseva hi maraṇaṃ hoti satipi āhāraje, aṭṭhakathāmatena cittaje ca. Tampi apagatajīvassa na uppajjati. Utujarūpaṃ pana pavattati eva. Tathā saṃsedajānaṃ, opapātikānaṃ pana sarīranikkhepābhāvato tampi na pavattati.
765-6 765-6. 由具生灭性,而非恒常,故为“无常”;或因刹那性故,非可欣求,不应以常见等而执取,故为“无常”。此坏灭不依赖于生起因缘之外的其他原因,故决定是刹那性的。因无坚固的核心,故为“不坚固”。以不自在的义理,故为“无我”。由于被生灭所逼迫,且是苦的所依之处,故是苦的蕴聚,即“苦蕴”。而如此(之蕴)毫不与乐相杂,故说“纯一”。又因任何色法皆无乐的自性,整个即是苦蕴,故言“苦蕴纯一”。由依存于缘而被支撑,并为诸病之根源,故是“病”。它随宜依赖诸缘而被维持,如应加维持的病,故应视为病。需加维持的病是疾病,其他为重病;而此(蕴)则如根本病,因为是随行的诸病——烦恼病等——的根本,故应视为病。由于与苦性、刺痛相连,由于烦恼不净的流漏,又因有生、老、坏灭而如肿胀、成熟、破裂,故是“痈”。因为它与三种苦性——苦苦性、行苦性、变易苦性——所摄的苦相连;因为它随宜以所缘和相应的方式流漏贪等烦恼不净;因为从无而生起;因为生起时如肿胀,老与坏灭时依次如成熟与破裂,所以与痈相似,应视为痈。由于显示巴利原文
765-6. Uppādavayavantatāya nicco dhuvo na hotīti anicco, niccakhaṇikatāya vā na icco sassatādivasena anupagantabboti anicco. Ayañhi vināso janakapaccayato aññahetunirapekkhatāya niccakhaṇikova hoti. Dhuvasāravirahitattā addhuvo. Avasavattanaṭṭhena anattā. Udayavayapaṭipīḷanena, dukkhavatthutāya ca dukkhānaṃ khandho samūhoti dukkhakkhandho. Evaṃvidho pana sukhehi asammissoyevāti āha ‘‘kevalo’’ti. Kassacipi vā rūpassa sukhasabhāvassa abhāvato sakalopi dukkhakkhandhoti vuttaṃ ‘‘dukkhakkhandho ca kevalo’’ti. Paccayayāpaniyatāya ca rogamūlatāya ca rogato. So hi yathārahaṃ paccayehi yāpetabbatāya yāpyarogo viyāti rogato daṭṭhabbo. Yāpyabyādhi hi rogo, itaro ābādho, mūlabyādhi viya cesa anubaddhabyādhīnaṃ kilesarogādīnaṃ mūlabhāvato rogato daṭṭhabbo. Dukkhatāsūlayogitāya, kilesāsucipaggharaṇatāya , uppādajarābhaṅgehi uddhumātaparipakkapabhinnatāya ca gaṇḍato. So hi dukkhadukkhatā saṅkhāradukkhatā vipariṇāmadukkhatāti tividhadukkhatāsaṅkhātena rujjanena yuttatāya, yathārahamārammaṇavasena ca samannāgamavasena ca rāgādikilesāsucivissandanato, ahutvā sambhavanato, uppattiyā uddhumātattā jarābhaṅgehi ca yathākkamaṃ paripakkapabhinnabhāvato gaṇḍasadisoti gaṇḍato daṭṭhabbo. Avasavattanatāya, avidheyyatāya ca parato. Yathā hi paro patanto parassa vasaṃ na gacchati, evametaṃ subhasukhādibhāvena vase vattetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya avasavattanato ‘‘mā jīratha, mā marathā’’tiādinā vidhātuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya avidheyyabhāvato parato daṭṭhabbaṃ. Byādhijarāmaraṇehi palujjanato, ābyāsanato ca palokato. Idaṃ byādhiādīhi pakārehi bhijjanato, vinassanato, etehi eva vā ābyāsanato byasanatthassa loka-saddassa pavisiṭṭhassa ābyāsanatthatāya palokato daṭṭhabbaṃ. Chandanti rajjanavasena pavattaṃ chandaṃ.
767 “法军统帅”:意为法军的统领、导者,此指长老舍利弗。“以利益为义者”:即具备利益者。“恭敬”:指于学习、持诵等事中毫无懈怠。显示巴利原文
767.Dhammasenāpatināti dhammasenāya pati nāyakoti dhammasenāpati, sāriputtatthero, tena. Hitasaṅkhāto attho etassāti hitatthi, tena. Sakkaccāti uggahaṇadhāraṇādīsu atandito hutvā.